Heartland publishes Annual Report and Climate Report
Heartland Group Holdings Limited | NZX/ASX: HGH | PO Box 9919, Newmarket, Auckland 1149 | heartlandgroup.info
NZX/ASX release
30 September 2024
Heartland publishes Annual Report and Climate Report
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) (NZX/ASX: HGH) has today published its Annual
Report and Climate Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 (FY2024).
Annual Report
Heartland’s FY2024 Annual Report is available at heartlandgroup.info/investor-information/reports-
results-presentations and will be sent to shareholders if requested. A copy is attached to this
announcement.
Climate Report
Heartland is pleased to publish its first Climate Report in line with the Financial Sector (Climate-
related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act. Heartland’s 2024 Climate Report provides
insight into Heartland’s environmental journey, including achievements, challenges, climate-related
risks and opportunities, and future targets.
Heartland’s 2024 Climate Report is available at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability. A copy is attached
to this announcement.
– ENDS –
The person who authorised this announcement:
Andrew Dixson
Chief Financial Officer
For further information and media enquiries, please contact:
Nicola Foley
Group Head of Communications
+64 27 345 6809
nicola.foley@heartland.co.nz
Level 3, Heartland House, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland, New Zealand
---
Te Pūrongo ā-Tau
Annual Report 2024
01 YEAR IN REVIEW
TE RĀRANGI UPOKO
CONTENTS
Gregory Tomlinson
Chair and Non-Executive Director
Jeffrey Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Director
This Annual Report of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland) is dated
30 September 2024 and is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors by:
01 YEAR IN REVIEW 1
Chair’s report 2
CEO’s repor t 6
FY2024 results at a glance 12
Introducing Heartland Bank Australia 14
Accelerating digitalisation 17
02 WHO WE ARE 19
Our business 20
Directors 22
Management 28
An interview with Jeff Greenslade 30
03 SUSTAINABILITY 32
Introduction 33
Environment 34
People 38
Financial wellbeing 44
04 DISCLOSURES 47
Corporate governance 48
Directors’ disclosures 61
Remuneration report 66
Shareholder information 72
Other information 73
05 FINANCIAL RESULTS 74
Financial commentary 75
Financial statements 79
Auditor’s report 156
06 DIRECTORY 165
CONTENTS
2 Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the
impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods. Underlying results (which are
non-GAAP financial information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held,
the Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts
of one-offs. Adjusted NPAT before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9
million (Adjusted NPAT). The use of underlying results is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by
Management for this purpose. For a summary of reported and underlying results, details about FY2024 one-offs and general information about
the use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 investor presentation available at heartlandgroup.info.
3 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as Heartland CEO and from all Group directorships.
1 All figures in this Annual Report are in NZD unless otherwise stated.
NA TE KAIWHAKAHAERE POARI
CHAIR’S REPORT
While it has been a challenging year
economically, this has been a year of
great strategic success for Heartland and
its subsidiaries (the Group). The critical
milestones of acquiring an authorised
deposit-taking institution (ADI) in Australia
and completing Heartland Bank Limited’s
(Heartland Bank’s) core banking system
upgrade help pave the way forward as we
embark on the next phase of growth.
Despite the economic challenges, I am
pleased to report the Group achieved a
FY2024 NPAT of $74.5 million. On an underlying
basis², FY2024 NPAT was $102.7 million.
BOARD UPDATES
Heartland Bank Australia Board
On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank successfully
acquired Challenger Bank Limited
(Challenger Bank). On completion, we were
pleased to appoint a highly skilled Board to
lead the ADI (now Heartland Bank Australia
Limited (Heartland Bank Australia)).
Geoff Summerhayes resigned from the
Heartland Board and was appointed Chair
and Independent Non-Executive Director
of Heartland Bank Australia. He was joined
by Independent Non-Executive Directors
Shane Buggle, Lyn McGrath (who sat on the
Challenger Bank Board prior to Heartland’s
acquisition), Vivienne Yu and Bruce Irvine
(Chair and Independent Non-Executive
Director of Heartland Bank), and Non-
Independent Non-Executive Directors
Leanne Lazarus (CEO of Heartland Bank) and
Jeff Greenslade (CEO and Executive Director
of Heartland, and Non-Independent Non-
Executive Director of Heartland Bank).³
The Heartland Bank Australia Board has a
strong level of independence and knowledge
of prudential regulatory requirements to drive
growth and expansion in Australia.
Heartland Board
On 26 June 2024, Ellie Comerford resigned
from the Heartland Board. Ellie had served on
Heartland boards for more than seven years.
The Board thanks Ellie for her significant
contribution, dedication and commitment to
Heartland throughout her tenure as Director,
particularly in relation to her experience and
associated advice on the Australian market.
On 27 June 2024, Heartland was pleased
to appoint Rob Bell and Simon Beckett as
Independent Non-Executive Directors.
Rob and Simon bring to Heartland a strong
understanding of the Australian banking
market and regulatory environment, and
skillsets which complement the Group’s
best or only strategy. As the founding
CEO of digital bank 86 400, Rob has a deep
understanding of technology, digital and
growth strategies. Simon has extensive M&A
and financial, regulatory, risk and governance
expertise – in addition to this, he has had
particular experience working in motor
finance businesses during his career at GE
Capital, Wells Fargo and Cerberus Capital.
Their appointments further contribute to the
depth of expertise and skill of the Board and
strengthen the Board’s Australian expertise.
On 30 April 2024, John Harvey was appointed
to the Heartland Board as an Independent
Non-Executive Director. He remains on the
Heartland Bank Board as a Non-Independent
Non-Executive Director.
MANAGEMENT UPDATES
On 22 July 2024, the Board was pleased to
welcome Michelle Winzer who commenced
her appointment as CEO of Heartland
Bank Australia. With more than 30 years’
experience in banking and financial services,
Michelle joined Heartland Bank Australia from
RACQ Bank in Queensland where she was
Chief Executive Banking. Previously, Michelle
was CEO of Bank of Melbourne, and worked
in senior roles at Bankwest, Commonwealth
Bank of Australia and Westpac. Michelle’s
extensive banking experience and track
record of delivering outcomes and cultural
transformation will contribute to the
successful execution of Heartland Bank
Australia’s strategy.
02
01
03
05
04
06
32
The focus for Heartland’s Board and Management in
the financial year ended 30 June 2024 (FY2024) has
been on ensuring we have a solid foundation from
which to achieve our long-term growth ambitions
and deliver enhanced value to customers and
shareholders. These ambitions are to achieve an
underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) of more than
$200 million¹, underlying cost-to-income (CTI) ratio
of less than 35% and underlying return on equity
(ROE) of 12-14% by the end of the financial year
ending 30 June 2028 (FY2028).
Greg Tomlinson
Chair and Non-
Executive Director
YEAR IN REVIEW
4 Subject to Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) non-objection.
5 Heartland’s registered charitable trust which is independent from but closely supported by Heartland.
On 23 September 2024, the Board was
pleased to announce the appointment
of Andrew Dixson as CEO of Heartland and
a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
of Heartland Bank, effective 1 October 2024.⁴
After 15 years with Heartland and its
predecessors, on 8 April 2024, Jeff
Greenslade indicated to the Board his
intention to step down from his role as CEO
of Heartland by the end of this calendar year.
Andrew’s appointment enables a thorough
handover to be completed sooner, allowing
Jeff to retire from his role as CEO and all
Heartland directorships on 30 September
2024.
Andrew, currently Group Chief Financial
Officer, has been with Heartland since 2010.
In this time, he has been involved in all key
parts of Heartland’s evolution, including
the initial merger in 2011, New Zealand bank
registration in 2012 and Heartland’s listing
on both the NZX and ASX. Andrew has
also played a critical role in the execution
of several major strategic acquisitions,
including the acquisition of the Reverse
Mortgage businesses in 2014, StockCo
Australia in 2022 and Challenger Bank
this year.
Andrew joins strong leadership across the
group, which includes Heartland Bank CEO
Leanne Lazarus and Heartland Bank Australia
CEO Michelle Winzer. The Board is confident
in Andrew’s ability to lead Heartland
in the next stage of its journey which will
be focused on capital allocation and an
improved ROE.
Andrew’s appointment reflects the evolution
of the business since Heartland Bank’s
acquisition of Challenger Bank. As the
parent company of two banks, Heartland’s
operations are now focused on group
strategy, investor relations, corporate
finance, capital allocation, and strategic
and risk management oversight of each bank,
with a number of responsibilities having
moved from Heartland to the respective
banks.
As such, the Group Chief Financial Officer
role will not be replaced, and the Deputy
Group CEO role has been disestablished.
Deputy Group CEO Chris Flood will finish with
Heartland on 31 October 2024.
Chris first joined Heartland through
a predecessor entity in 1997 and has held
a number of senior management positions
at Heartland, including as CEO of Heartland
Bank before he was appointed Deputy Group
CEO in August 2022.
On behalf of the Board, I would like to express
our sincere thanks to Chris for his significant
contribution to Heartland and acknowledge
the value he has created for our
shareholders. We wish him all the best in his
next endeavours.
SUSTAINABILITY
The Financial Sector (Climate-related
Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment
Act 2021 introduced a mandatory reporting
regime for climate-related disclosures in New
Zealand in FY2022, with effect from FY2024.
With oversight from Heartland’s Board
Sustainability Committee (established in
November 2023), Heartland is pleased to have
published its first Climate Report.
Heartland’s environmental strategy is one
part of our three-pillar sustainability
strategy which aims also to make positive
contributions to our communities and enrich
the lives of our people and customers.
We do this in various ways, including through
the products and services we provide to
customers, initiatives available to employees,
and community giving through the Heartland
Trust.⁵
More information about Heartland’s Climate
Report and overall sustainability journey can
be found in ‘
Sustainability’ on page 32.
DIVIDEND
The Board resolved to pay a fully imputed final
dividend of 3.0 cents per share (cps) on Friday
20 September 2024 to all shareholders on
Heartland’s register at 5.00pm NZST on Friday
6 September 2024.
4
Together with the interim dividend, the total
FY2024 dividend was 7.0 cps. This represents
a full year payout ratio of 55% of underlying
NPAT, which takes into consideration the
recent $210 million equity raise, acquisition
of Challenger Bank and associated growth
opportunities.
Having regard to Heartland’s next stage
of growth, the Board expects to target
a total dividend payout ratio of at least 50%
of underlying NPAT in the financial year
ending 30 June 2025 (FY2025). The Board
will, as it has historically, actively manage
dividend settings and carefully consider
the declaration of any dividends based
on Heartland’s capital needs, ROE accretive
growth opportunities, balance sheet
flexibility and financial performance.
OUTLOOK
The year ahead will see a transformation
of the business as Heartland enters the next
phase of its journey.
While the recent capital raise to fund the
Challenger Bank acquisition had an impact
on earnings per share (EPS), it was an
important part of our expansion into Australia
and critical to enhancing the longer-term
value proposition. With an ADI, we can
now more sustainably fund the Australian
businesses through retail deposits rather
than the high cost of wholesale funding
previously relied upon. We're already seeing
this benefit flow through to a reduced cost
of funds. Structural efficiencies as Heartland
Bank Australia continues to establish itself
and bed in new ways of working will increase
operational capacity to do more, as will
a continued investment in digitalisation
and automation.
In New Zealand, Heartland Bank’s
transformation focus for FY2025 is on
simplification through a process of identifying
and managing lending which no longer aligns
to its strategy, alongside a dedicated focus
on margin expansion and implementing
initiatives to help drive cost reduction in years
to come.
All of this is expected to contribute
towards our FY2028 ambitions as a Group.
Under Andrew, Leanne and Michelle’s
leadership, the Board is confident in
Heartland’s ability to execute against its best
or only strategy and deliver enhanced value
to customers and shareholders.
Looking towards the end of FY2025,
as Heartland begins to realise the benefits
from the ADI acquisition in Australia,
contributors to growth across the Group
are expected to include ongoing strong
demographic demand for Reverse Mortgages
in both countries and a turnaround in market
conditions for Australian Livestock Finance.
However, Heartland expects the volatility
experienced in FY2024 to continue in the
markets within which it operates for at
least the remainder of the 2024 calendar
year as rate reductions bed in and the
New Zealand and Australian economies
recover. In Heartland’s view, this creates too
much uncertainty at this stage to provide
an accurate underlying NPAT guidance
range for FY2025. We will revisit our ability to
provide an underlying NPAT guidance range
for FY2025 as the financial year progresses.
On behalf of the Board, I would like
to acknowledge the ongoing support of our
shareholders. I would also like to thank
Heartland’s Management team and its
people for their continued dedication
and commitment to our customers and
shareholders.
Greg Tomlinson
Chair of the Board
02
01
03
05
04
06
5
YEAR IN REVIEW
TE PŪRONGO A TE KAIWHAKAHAERE MATUA
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT
YEAR IN REVIEW
6
As this is my last Annual Report for Heartland, I would like to start
by first expressing my thanks to Heartland’s shareholders, Board,
Management and employees for their ongoing support. I am proud of all
that we have been able to achieve since Heartland was first established
in 2011, and look forward to seeing what lies ahead for the Group.
Nā te mea ko tēnei taku Pūrongo ā-Tau whakamutunga mō Heartland,
kia tīmata ake au ki te mihi ki ngā kaiwhaipānga, ki te Poari, ki te Tira
Whakahaere, ki ngā kaimahi hoki, mō rātou e tautoko tonu mai ana. E
whakahīhī ana au i te nui o tā tātou i whakatutuki ai nō te whakatūnga
tuatahitanga o Heartland i te tau 2011, ā, e rikarika ana au ki te kite i ngā
āhuatanga kei mua i te aroaro mō te Rōpū.
Jeff Greenslade
CEO
1 Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.
2 Excludes the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange (FX) rates.
3 CAGR for the five-year period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, including FX, was 10.4% compared with the median five-year CAGR for the four
major Australian Banks (ANZ, Commonwealth Bank, National Australia Bank and Westpac) of 3.5% based on their most recent respective
reporting periods.
1 Hāunga rā ngā pānga o ngā panonitanga ki te pāpātanga o te whakawhitinga moni nō tāwāhi (FX).
2 E whai wāhi ana ngā Reverse Mortgages ki ngā Receivables.
3 Ko te CAGR mō te rima tau nō te 1 o Hūrae 2019 ki te 30 o Hune 2024, tae atu ki te FX, ko te 10.4% ina whakatauritea ki te tau waenga mō te CAGR
i te rima tau mo ngā pēke matua e whā o Ahitereiria (ko ANZ, ko Commonwealth Bank, ko National Australia Bank, ko Westpac hoki) i 3.5% e
hāngai nei ki ō rātou wā tuku pūrongo nō nā tata nei.
02
01
03
05
04
06
7
In the current economic conditions,
Heartland announced a solid FY2024 result.
Gross finance receivables (Receivables)¹
were up 6.4%² on the financial year ended 30
June 2023 (FY2023) to $7.2 billion in FY2024.
This growth was driven primarily by Reverse
Mortgages which were up 20.2% in New
Zealand and 19.7%² in Australia. In the period
from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, Heartland
achieved a Receivables compound annual
growth rate (CAGR) of 10.4%. This compares
to the median CAGR for the major Australian
banks of 3.5% and continues to demonstrate
the strength of Heartland’s best or only
product strategy.³
Heartland’s FY2024 result was however
impacted by a challenging economic
environment. The rapidly deteriorating
economic conditions in May and June 2024
saw the emergence of additional provisions
primarily in Heartland Bank’s Asset Finance,
Motor Finance and Rural portfolios, and
resulted in a 4.9% shortfall to guidance.
Further information about Heartland’s FY2024
financial performance is set out in ‘
Financial
commentary
’ on page 75.
Despite economic challenges, Heartland
executed on various significant strategic
milestones in FY2024, and is well positioned
for continued growth as the economy
improves.
INTRODUCING HEARTLAND
BANK AUSTRALIA
Arguably the most significant achievement in
FY2024 was the completion of the Challenger
Bank acquisition on 30 April 2024. This was
made possible by continued strong support
by shareholders and investors through a
successful $210 million equity raise in April
2024. The acquisition made Heartland Bank
the first New Zealand registered bank to
acquire an Australian ADI. Importantly, it has
created a pathway for further growth and
product expansion in the Australian market.
Heartland’s progress in Australia is already
ahead of expectations. With an ADI licence
and access to retail deposits, Heartland Bank
Australia can now more sustainably fund its
Reverse Mortgage and Livestock Finance
lending portfolios. Heartland Bank Australia’s
transition from a 100% wholesale funding
base to a retail and wholesale funding mix was
I ngā āhuatanga ōhanga, kua pānuitia e
Heartland ngā huanga autaia i te FY2024. Ko
te 6.4%¹ te pikinga o te tapeke o ngā moni kua
tau mai (Receivables)² i ērā o te tau ahumoni
i mutu i te 30 o Hune 2023 (FY2023) ki te $7.2
piriona i te FY2024. I piki tēnei tipuranga nā runga
i ngā Reverse Mortgages (Mōkete Whakamuri),
i 20.2% te pikinga i Aotearoa, i 19.7%¹ hoki te
pikinga i Ahitereiria.
I waenga i te 1 o Hūrae, 2019, ki te 30 o Hune,
2024, i 10.4% te ekenga o te pāpātanga o ngā
huamoni whakaputu o te tau (CAGR) o ngā
Receivables. Kei te hāngai hoki tēnei ki te CAGR
tau waenga mō ngā pēke matua o Ahitereiria,
arā, te 3.5%, ā, e whakaatu tonu ana tēnei i te
kaha o tā Heartland rautaki o te hanga pai katoa,
o te hanga motuhake rānei.³
Heoi, i whai pānga ki te huanga o te FY2024 o
Heartland āhuatanga o te ōhanga e papatoiake
ana. Nā te tere o te kino haere o ngā āhuatanga
ōhanga o te Mei me te Hune 2024 i 4.9% ai itinga
iho o ētahi atu anō hua o te Asset Finance,
o te Motor Finance, o ngā kōpaki Rural hoki
a Heartland Bank i ērā o ngā kupu ārahi. He
pārongo atu anō mō ngā whakatutukihanga
ā-ahumoni i te FY2024 o Heartland kei te
wāhanga o ‘
He kōrero ahumoni’, kei te whārangi
75.
Ahakoa ngā wero ā-ōhanga, i whakatutuki
a Heartland i ētahi pae tāpua e whānui ana
i te FY2024, me te aha, e tau ana te noho a
Heartland kia tipu tonu i te piki haere tonutanga
o te ōhanga.
TE WHAKATAKINGA O
HEARTLAND BANK KI
AHITEREIRIA
Ka tohea pea tēnei, engari ko te angitutanga
tāpua katoa i te FY2024, ko te tatūtanga o te
hokonga o Challenger Bank i te 30 o Āpereira
2024. I tutuki tēnei i te kaha o te tautoko tonu
a ngā kaiwhaipānga me ngā kaihaumi mā roto
mai i te tika o te kohinga o te $210 miriona o te
tūtanga moni i te Āpereira 2024. Nā runga i te
hokonga, i tū mai ai a Heartland Bank hei pēke
tuatahi kua rēhitatia i Aotearoa ki te hoko i tētahi
ADI nō Ahitereira. Ko te mea whakahirahira kē, nā
tēnei, kua takoto te ara e tipu tonu ai, e whānui
tonu ai hoki ō tātou hua i te mākete o Ahitereiria.
Ko tō Heartland kaunekenga i Ahitereiria, kua
eke kē ki tua o ngā matapaenga. Mā roto mai i
te raihana ADI me te arawātea ki ngā monikuhu
i te ao o te kaihoko, e toitū ake ana te utunga o
ngā kōpaki moni taurewa o te Reverse Mortgage
8
accelerated in FY2024 by Challenger Bank’s
pre-completion deposit raising programme.
From 1 January 2024 to 30 June 2024, the ADI
achieved deposit growth of A$1,147 million at
a weighted average rate of 4.85%. This was
2.03% lower than Heartland Australia’s⁴ cost
of funds across the same period.
Since completion, Heartland Bank Australia
has been originating and funding all lending
through deposits on its own balance sheet
while its wholesale funding facilities continue
to repay. The funding mix is expected to be
predominantly retail deposits (circa 90%) by
the end of FY2025.
Heartland Bank Australia is now the only
ADI to offer both reverse mortgages and
specialist livestock finance (which it
continues to provide under the StockCo
Australia brand). Read more about Heartland
Bank Australia, including its Management
team and growth aspirations, in ‘
Introducing
Heartland Bank Australia
’ on page 14.
ACCELERATING THE
DIGITALISATION PROGRAMME
The upgrade of Heartland Bank’s core
banking system was a significant programme
of work and investment completed over
several years. The upgrade was completed
in November 2023 and positions the New
Zealand bank for increased scalability in
the future by enabling greater levels of
digitalisation and automation not possible
in the previous version of the system. This is
expected to contribute towards Heartland’s
ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of less
than 35% by the end of FY2028.
Since completion of the upgrade, Heartland
Bank has accelerated its digitalisation
programme and expects to see the impact
of this activity through FY2025. As part of
this, several features have been released
to the Heartland Mobile App, including
functionality to increase login security
and risk detection, and features to enable
increased customer self-service for many
of the reasons for customer inbound calls.
Digitalisation combined with employee
training and customer awareness campaigns
to increase adoption contributed to a 6%
reduction in Retail calls and a 9% reduction in
Customer Service calls in FY2024 compared
with FY2023.
4 Comprising Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries.
5 The ratios and growth rates provided for the financial metrics underlying the FY2028 ambitions are not targets. They represent an indication
of how the financial metrics may work in combination to achieve the FY2028 underlying NPAT and ROE ambitions. The FY2028 ambitions and
underlying key metrics assumes current growth in Receivables being maintained and no material deterioration in the economic environment.
6 NSAs do not reflect a structural change to Heartland’s operations.
7 Excluding provisions.
4 E whai wāhi nei a Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd me ana pakihi e hāngai ana.
5 Ehara ngā ōwehenga me ngā pāpātanga tipu e tukua ana mō ngā pūnaha arotake ahumoni kāore anō kia whai hua mō te FY2028 i te whāinga. E
tohu kē ana i te āhua tērā pea ka puta i te hanumitanga kia ea ai ngā wawata o te NPAT me te ROE kāore anō kia whai hua o te FY2028. E matapae
ana ngā wawata me ngā arotakenga matua o te FY2028 i te tipuranga tonutanga i ngā Receivables, i te korenga hoki o te hekenga o te uara o
ngā rawa i tēnei horopaki o te ōhanga.
6 Kāore ngā NSA i te hāngai ki ngā panonitanga ki te anga o ngā whakahaere i Heartland.
02
01
03
05
04
06
9
Read more about Heartland Bank’s
digitalisation programme in ‘
Accelerating
digitalisation
’ on page 17.
PATHWAY TO FY2028 AMBITIONS⁵
As affirmed by the Chair, Heartland remains
committed to its FY2028 growth ambitions.
These are to achieve an underlying NPAT of
more than $200 million, underlying CTI ratio of
less than 35% and underlying ROE of 12-14%
by the end of FY2028.
Heartland’s pathway to achieving these
FY2028 ambitions is driven by:
• modest Receivables growth (CAGR above
10% p.a.)
• net interest margin (NIM) expansion
(underlying NIM above 4%)
• cost savings from automation (underlying
CTI ratio below 35%)
• an improvement in impairments
(underlying impairment expense ratio
below 0.30%).
Alongside an ongoing commitment to its
best or only product strategy, the strategic
milestones achieved by Heartland in FY2024
strengthen the foundation required to meet
these ambitions.
NON-STRATEGIC ASSETS
The ADI acquisition presented an opportunity
to reassess the capital allocation across
the Group. Heartland Bank has a pool of
assets it has accumulated through to its
current state of maturity that are no longer
a strategic fit for the organisation. These
Non-Strategic Assets (NSAs) earn little or no
income or are returning less than Heartland
Bank’s cost of capital.⁶ As at 30 June 2024,
this included equity investments of $13.5
million, investment properties of $3.7 million,
property of $12.6 million, Business lending
Receivables of $74.4 million⁷ and Rural lending
Receivables of $113.7 million⁷.
NSAs will be managed and reported
separately in FY2025 to provide greater
transparency and enable more focused
resolution strategies to be adopted. This will
allow underlying capital to be redeployed to
support Heartland Bank’s growth ambitions
and contribute to the delivery of greater
YEAR IN REVIEW
me te Livestock Finance. Ko te whakawhitinga
o Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria te tūāpapa o te
pūtea e ahu mai ana te 100% i ngā kaihokorau, ki
ērā e ahu mai ana i te kaihoko me te kaihokorau
whakamutunga, ka mutu, i whakaterehia tērā i
te FY2024 nā runga i te hōtaka e kohikohi ana i te
tāpaetanga utu i mua i te whakatutukihanga o
te hokonga o Challenger Bank. Nō te 1 o Hānuere
2024 ki te 30 o Hune 2024, i eke te tipuranga o
ngā monikuhu a te ADI ki te A$1,147 miriona, ka
mutu, i 4.85% te toharite kua whakaāwhatatia.
E 2.03% te iti iho o tēnei i tērā o ngā utu ki a
Heartland ki Ahitereiria⁴ i taua wā tonu rā.
Nō tōna whakatutukihanga, kua tīmata mai,
kua utu hoki a Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria i
ngā moni taurewa katoa ki ngā tāpaetanga utu
kei ana ripanga kaute, i tana taha hokorau e
whakaea tonu ana i te utu. E matapaetia ana ka
ahu mai te nuinga o tēnei hanumitanga pūtea i
ngā monikuhu (ko tōna 90%) hei te mutunga o
te FY2025.
I tēnei wā, ko Heartland Bank ki Ahitereira
anake te pēke e tuku ADi ana mō ngā Reverse
Mortgages me te Specialist Livestock Finance
(e rere tonu ana i raro i te tapanga o StockCo
Australia). Pānuitia he pārongo anō mō
Heartland Bank ki Ahitereiria, tae atu ki tōna tira
Whakahaere, ki ōna wawata whakatipu, ki ‘
Te
Whakatakinga o Heartland ki Ahitereiria
’ kei te
whārangi 14.
TE KŌKIRITANGA O TE HŌTAKA
WHAKAMATIHIKO
Ko te whakahoutanga o tā Heartland Bank
pūnaha mahi pēke matua tētahi hōtaka mahi
tāpua, tētahi haumitanga tāpua hoki i tutuki
i roto i ētahi tau. I tutuki te whakahoutanga i
te Noema 2023, ā, nā konā kua rite te pēke o
Aotearoa kia whakawhānuitia ā tōna wā mā roto
mai i te whakarahinga o te whakamatihikotanga
me te whakaaunoatanga, kāore i taea i ngā kātū
o mua o te pūnaha. E matapaetia ana ka hāpai
tēnei i te whāinga a Heartland kia iti iho tana
ōwehenga o te CTI kāore anō kia whai hua o te
35% i te mutunga o te FY2028.
Nō te whakatutukihanga o te whakahoutanga,
kua whakaterehia e Heartland Bank tana hōtaka
whakamatihiko, ka mutu, e matapaetia ana
ka kite i te pānga o aua mahi ā te FY2025. Hei
wāhanga mō tēnei, kua rewa ētahi āhuatanga
ki te Heartland Bank Mobile App, tae atu ki
ētahi hanga e piki ai te whakamarutanga i
te takiuru me te kite atu i ngā tūraru, e piki
ai hoki tā te kiritaki āwhina i a ia anō hei
whakaheke i te nui o tana waea mai. Mā roto
mai i te whakamatihikotanga, i te whakangungu
i ngā kaimahi, me te rautaki kia piki ai tā te
kiritaki whakamahi, kua 6% te hekenga o ngā
waeatanga mai ki te Ratonga Kiritaki (Customer
Service) i te FY2024 ina whakatauritea ki te
FY2023.
Pānuitia he pārongo anō mō te hōtaka
whakamatihiko a Heartland Bank ki ‘
Te
kōkiritanga o te whakamatihikotanga
’ kei te
whārangi 17.
TE ARA KI NGĀ WAWATA O TE
FY2028⁵
Pērā i tā te Kaiwhakahaere Matua i whakaū ai, e ū
tonu ana a Heartland ki ōna wawata o te tipu mō
te FY2028. Ko aua wawata, ko te eke ki te NPAT
kāore anō kia whai hua e neke atu ana i te $200
miriona, ko te heke o te ōwehenga CTI kāore anō
kia whai hua e iti iho ai i te 35%, ko te eke hoki o
te ROE kāore anō kia whai hua ki te 12-14% i mua i
te mutunga o te FY2028.
E kōkiritia ana tēnei ara o tā Heartland
whakatutuki i ēnei wawata FY2028 mā roto mai
i te:
• te paku tipuranga o ngā Receivables (te
CAGR e nui ake ana i te 10% i ia tau)
• te whakawhānuitanga o te paenga o te
huamoni (NIM) (te NIM kāore anō kia whai hua
e nui ake ana i te 4%)
• te whakaheke i ngā utu mā roto mai i te
whakaaunoatanga (te ōwehenga CTI kāore
anō kia whai hua kei raro iho i te 35%)
• te whakapikinga o te uara o ngā rawa (te
ōwehenga o te hekenga o te uara o ngā rawa
kāore anō kia whai hua e iti iho ana i te 0.30%).
I te taha o tana ū ki te rautaki o te hanga pai
katoa, o te hanga motuhake rānei, kei te
whakapakari ngā pae kua tutuki i a Heartland
i te FY2024 i te tūāpapa e tika ana e ea ai aua
wawata.
NGĀ RAWA KĀORE I TE HĀNGAI KI
TE RAUTAKI
Nā te hokonga o te ADI i kitea ai tētahi arawātea
ki te arotake anō i te tukunga o ngā rawa puta
noa i te Rōpū. He puna rawa kei a Heartland Bank
kua kohia mā roto mai i te tipuranga aunoa kāore
nei i te hāngai ki te rautaki o te whakahaere.
Ko ngā Rawa kāore nei i te Hāngai ki te Rautaki
(NSAs), e iti ana rānei te moniwhiwhi, kāore
rānei he moniwhiwhi o roto, e iti iho ana rānei te
moniwhiwhi e puta ana i te utu o te pūrawa ki a
10
shareholder return. The intention is to
rationalise these assets over a responsible
period of time.
LOOKING FORWARD
The long-term outlook for Heartland is
positive. As we realise the benefit of the ADI
acquisition and accelerate the digitalisation
programme, additional contributors to growth
in FY2025 are expected to include strong
demographic demand for Reverse Mortgages
in both countries and a turnaround in
conditions for Australian Livestock Finance.
As Heartland Bank Australia establishes itself
in the market, its focus is on maintaining
discipline against our best or only product
strategy. Through its simplified product
offering of Reverse Mortgages and Livestock
Finance, the Australian ADI is well positioned
for growth beyond FY2025. Portfolio growth is
expected to be coupled with improvements in
underlying NIM through a combination of cost
efficiencies and the conversion of Heartland
Bank Australia’s funding base from its historic
100% wholesale to a predominantly retail
funding base.
The focus in New Zealand is on simplification,
including through the rationalisation of
NSAs as described above. As Heartland
Bank focuses on simplification, it remains
cautious around growth expectations
within Motor Finance and Asset Finance
given the economic conditions and recent
deterioration in credit quality. Overall growth
in core lending is expected to be coupled with
stabilisation of impairments over the period
and underlying NIM expansion.
A key theme for both countries in the
year ahead is cost efficiencies through
digitalisation. Our CTI ratio is increasingly a
key point of differentiation for Heartland. Our
best or only product strategy has enabled
us to make great strides as a small trans-
Tasman banking group. Now, moving forward,
we need to extend that strategy to our CTI
ratio. To become the lowest cost provider
of everything we do. This will be achieved
through digitalisation and is fundamentally
about changing the way we do stuff. This will
have an enduring benefit for the future and
ensure Heartland can continue to deliver
value for customers and shareholders.
02
01
03
05
04
06
11
THANK YOU
In my time at Heartland, I am pleased to have
seen Receivables grow from $1.7 billion at 30
June 2011 to $7.2 billion at 30 June 2024. In the
same period, Heartland’s NPAT has increased
from $7.1 million to $74.5 million (or $102.7
million on an underlying basis).
Reflecting on the past 15 years, there is
plenty to be proud of. Highlights for me have
included our digitalisation progress (ka
whawhai tonu m
ātou, a struggle without
end), our Manawa Ako internship programme
for Māori and Pasifika rangatahi (youth) and
gaining an ADI licence in Australia through the
acquisition of Challenger Bank. I reflect on
these highlights and more on page 30.
While further volatility is expected through
at least the remainder of the 2024 calendar
year as rate reductions bed in and the New
Zealand and Australian economies recover,
Heartland has set a strong foundation to
support its next phase of growth. With
Andrew, Leanne and Michelle’s leadership,
and the support of their Management
teams, I am confident that Heartland is
well positioned to capitalise on the various
opportunities available ahead.
Ngā mihi nui,
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
YEAR IN REVIEW
Heartland.⁶ Nō te 30 o Hune 2024, i whai wāhi ki
tēnei te tūtanga haumi o te $13.5 miriona, ngā
papanoho haumi o te $3.7 miriona, te papanoho
o te $12.6 miriona, ngā Receivables o ngā moni
taurewa Pakihi o te $74.4 miriona⁷ me ngā
Receivables o ngā moni taurewa Tuawhenua o
te $113.7 miriona⁷.
Ka wehewehe te whakahaerehia, te pūrongotia
o ngā NSA ā te FY2025 e mārakerake ai te kitea,
e kaha ake ai hoki te arohia o ngā rautaki me
whai. Mā tēnei e tukua ai anō ngā pūrawa hei
tautoko i ngā wawata o te tipuranga o Heartland
Bank, hei hāpai hoki i te whakatinanatanga o ngā
moniwhiwhi ki ngā kaiwhaipānga. Ko te whāinga
kia whakahāngai haere i aua rawa i roto i tētahi
wā e tika ana.
TE ANGA WHAKAMUA
E ngākaupai ana te tirohanga tūroa mō
Heartland. I a tātou e kitekite nei i ngā hua o te
hokonga o te ADI me te kōkiritanga o te hōtaka
whakamatihiko, tērā ētahi atu āpitihanga ka
hāpai i te tipuranga i te FY2025, pēnei i te hiahia
o ētahi hangapori ki ngā Reverse Mortgages i
ngā whenua e rua, me te huri kōarotanga o ngā
āhuatanga o te Livestock Finance mō Ahitereiria.
I a Heartland Bank ki Australia e whakaū ana
i a ia anō ki te mākete, ko tana arotahi, ko te
uhupoho ki tā tātou rautaki o te hanga pai katoa,
o te hanga motuhake rānei. Mā roto mai i te
whakamāmātanga o tana tuku i ngā Reverse
Mortgages me te Livestock Finance, e tau ana
te noho o te ADI o Ahitereiria kia tipu tonu ki tua
noa atu i te FY2024. E matapaetia ana ka tipu ngā
kōpaki i te taha o te whakapakaritanga o te NIM
kāore anō kia whai hua mā te whakamāmātanga
o ngā nama me te whakawhitinga o Heartland
Bank ki Ahitereiria i tana puna moni e ahu mai
ana te 100% i ngā mahi hokorau, pēnei i tana
mahi o mua, ki te nuinga ka ahu mai i ngā mahi
kaihoko.
Ko te whakamāmātanga te arotahi i Aotearoa,
tae atu ki te whakahāngaitanga o ngā NSA
i whakamāramatia ai i runga. I a Heartland e
arotahi ana ki te whakamāmātanga, e mataara
tonu ana ia ki ngā kawatau o te tipuranga i te
Motor Finance me te Asset Finance nā runga
i ngā āhuatanga ōhanga me te hekenga o te
kounga o ngā mohi taurewa. E matapaetia
ana ka tipu tonu ngā āhuatanga whānui o
te tuku moni taurewa me te whakataunga
o ngā whakapōreareatanga i roto i te
whakawhānuitanga o te NIM kāore anō kia whai
hua.
Ko tētahi āhuatanga tāpua i ngā whenua e rua i
te tau kei mua i te aroaro, ko te whakahekenga o
ngā nama mā roto mai i te whakamatihikotanga.
E piki haere ana te āhuatanga o te CTI hei
whakamotuhake i a Heartland. Nā te rautaki o te
hanga pai katoa, o te hanga motuhake rānei, kua
nui te kokenga hei tira pēke puta noa i Te Tai-o-
Rehua. Ināianei, i a tātou e titiro whakamua ana,
me whakawhānui i taua rautaki ki te ōwehenga
o te CTI. Kia noho ko ā tātou utu ngā mea iti
katoa i ā tātou mahi katoa. Ka ea tēnei, mā te
whakamatihikotanga, mā te whakarerekē hoki
i ngā āhuatanga katoa o ā tātou mahi. Ka tūroa
ngā hua ā haere ake nei, ka pūmau tonu hoki tā
Heartland whakarite hanga e pai ana te uara ki
ngā kiritaki me ngā kaiwhaipānga.
HE MIHI
I a au i Heartland, e matakuikui ana te ngākau i
te kitenga o ngā Receivables e tipu ana i te $1.7
piriona i te 30 o Hune 2011 ki te $7.2 piriona i te 30
o Hune 2024. I taua wā tonu rā, kua piki te NPAT
i Heartland i te $7.1 miriona ki te $74.5 miriona (ki
te $102.7 miriona rānei kāore anō kia whai hua).
I taku huritao ki ngā tau 15 kua hori, e nui
ana ngā take kia whakahīhī te tangata. Ko
ētahi o ngā tino ki a au, ko te kokenga o te
whakamatihikotanga (ka whawhai tonu mātou),
o Manawa Ako, arā tā tātou hōtaka kaimahi
pīrere (internship) mā ngā rangatahi Māori me
ngā rangatahi Pasifika, o te rironga hoki o te
raihana ADI i Ahitereira mā roto mai i te hokonga
o Challenger Bank. Ka huritao au ki ēnei tino, me
ētahi atu āhuatanga ki te whārangi 30.
Ahakoa e matapaetia ana ka tītokitoki tonu
ētahi āhuatanga mō te roanga ake o te tau
2024, mō kō atu rānei, i te taunga o te hekenga
o ngā pāpātanga, me te whakahaumanutanga
o te ōhanga o Aotearoa me Ahitereiria, e pakari
ana te tūāpapa o Heartland ki te hāpai i ngā
āhuatanga o te whakatipuranga kei mua i te
aroaro. Nā runga i te ārahi a Andrew rātou ko
Leanne, ko Michelle, me te tautoko a ō rātou tira
Whakahaere, e nui ana taku whakapono ki te tau
o te noho a Heartland ki te whai i ngā arawātea
maha kei mua i a tātou
Ngā mihi nui, nā
Jeff Greenslade
Te Kaiwhakahaere Matua
7 Hāunga rā ngā penapenatanga moni.
Note: Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include
the impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance. Underlying results (which are non-GAAP financial
information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held, the Australian Bank Programme
costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts of one-offs. Adjusted NPAT for FY2024
before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9 million. The use of underlying results
is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by Management for this purpose. A detailed reconciliation between
reported and underlying financial information, including details about FY2024 and FY2023 one-offs, is set out in Heartland’s FY2024 full year results investor
presentation available at heartlandgroup.info. General information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures is also available in that presentation.
NGĀ HUA WHĀNUI O TE FY2024
FY2024 RESULTS AT A GLANCE
YEAR IN REVIEW
12
NET PROFIT AFTER TAX
$
74.5m
$
95.9m
95.1
FY22
47.5
47.6
47.1
49.0
95.9
FY23
48.7
47.2
54.7
55.5
74.5
102.7
110.2
96.1
87.9
76.9
FY24
37.6
36.9
52.7
50.0
72.0
FY20
39.9
32.1
38.2
38.7
87.0
FY21
44.1
42.9
43.3
44.6
GROSS FINANCE RECEIVABLES¹
Underlying NPAT $102.7mFY23 underlying NPAT $110.2m
FY24FY23
$
7. 2 b
$
6.8 b
Five-year
CAGR
2
10.4%
FY20
4.6
FY21
5.0
FY23
6.8
FY24
7.2
6.2
FY22
FY24FY23
13
1 Excludes the impact of changes in FX rates.
2 Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the five-year period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2024, including FX.
EARNINGS
PER SHARE
14.0
cps
9.8
cps
Underlying EPS 13.5cps
Underlying EPS 16.0cps
FY23
FY24
RETURN ON
EQUITY
10.4
%
6.6
%
Underlying ROE 9.8%
Underlying ROE 11.9%
FY23
FY24
NET INTEREST
MARGIN
3.97
%
3.39
%
Underlying NIM 3.64%
Underlying NIM 4.00%
FY23
FY24
11.5
cps
7. 0
cps
TOTAL DIVIDEND
FOR THE YEAR
FY23
FY24
44.9
%
48.0
%
Underlying CTI ratio 41.9%
Underlying CTI ratio 42.0%
COST-TO-INCOME
RATIO
FY23
FY24
10.1
%
6.4
%
GROSS FINANCE
RECEIVABLES GROWTH
1
FY23
FY24
02
01
03
05
04
06
H2H2H1H1
ReportedUnderlying
02
01
03
05
04
06
15
Already well-established in Australia,
Heartland’s Australian portfolio collectively
had approximately $2 billion¹ of Receivables
at 30 June 2024. Heartland Bank Australia is
now the only specialist ADI provider of both
reverse mortgages and livestock finance.
HEAD-START TO FUNDING
Prior to the acquisition, Heartland’s Australian
businesses relied on costly wholesale
funding. With an ADI licence and access
to retail deposits, the bank can now more
sustainably fund its existing lending products
and expand its offering in the Australian
market. And it’s already ahead of Heartland’s
expectations.
A pre-completion deposit raising programme
by Challenger Bank achieved retail deposit
growth of A$1,147 million between 1 January
and 30 June 2024. This enabled the full
repayment of a CBA reverse mortgage
funding facility prior to completion of
the acquisition and is having a positive
effect on Heartland Bank Australia’s cost
of funds. In the six months to 30 June
2024, the ADI achieved deposit growth at
a weighted average rate of 4.85%, 2.03%
lower than Heartland Australia’s (comprising
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Ltd and its
subsidiaries) cost of funds across the same
period.
Since completion, Heartland Bank Australia has
been originating and funding all lending through
deposits on its own balance sheet while its
wholesale facilities continue to repay. This
included the repayment of Heartland Australia’s
A$75 million Medium-Term Note on 9 July 2024.
The bank is now well underway with its
transition from a 100% wholesale funding
base to a retail and wholesale funding mix. The
funding mix is expected to be about 90% retail
funding by the end of FY2025.
To further diversify and strengthen its capital
base, in June 2024, Heartland Bank Australia
successfully completed an inaugural A$50
million Tier 2 Subordinated Note transaction.
The transaction received strong support from
a broad range of institutional investors, with
demand nearly three times oversubscribed.
Proceeds from the Subordinated Notes
are intended to support future growth
opportunities for the existing Australian lending
portfolios.
All of this leaves Heartland Bank Australia
well capitalised, profitable and with strong
access to retail deposits to fund its growth
expectations.
AN EXPERIENCED BOARD
On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank Australia
appointed a diverse, highly qualified and
experienced Board to enable the successful
delivery of its best or only product strategy. The
Board is led by Geoff Summerhayes. A Director
of Heartland since 2021, on 30 April 2024,
Geoff resigned from the Heartland Board and
was appointed Chair and Independent Non-
Executive Director of Heartland Bank Australia.
He is joined by Independent Non-Executive
Directors Shane Buggle, Lyn McGrath (who
was a Director of Challenger Bank prior to
Heartland’s acquisition), Vivienne Yu and Bruce
Irvine (who is also Chair and Independent Non-
Executive Director of Heartland Bank in New
Ze a l a n d). Leanne Lazarus and Jeff Greenslade
were also appointed Non-Independent Non-
Executive Directors.²
See full biographies at heartlandbank.com.
au/board-of-directors
6.89%
4.85%
54%
46%
~90%
10%
Wholesale
Cost of funds
1 Jan 2024 to 30 Jun 2024Funding mix
Deposits
2.03%
40%
Jun 24Jun 25
expectation
DepositsWholesale
1 Excluding the impact of changes in FX rates.
2 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as a Director of Heartland Bank Australia.
Te Whakatakinga
o Heartland Bank
ki Ahitereiria
Introducing
Heartland Bank
Australia
The acquisition of Challenger Bank on 30 April 2024 marked
a critical milestone in Heartland’s strategy for expansion in
Australia. The ADI has since been rebranded to Heartland Bank
Australia, bringing together Challenger Bank, Heartland Finance
(Heartland’s Australian Reverse Mortgage brand) and StockCo
Australia (Heartland’s Australian Livestock Finance brand).
YEAR IN REVIEW
16
Heartland Bank made considerable progress in FY2024 to remove friction
for customers through digitalisation, while creating the opportunity for
scale and increased efficiency. In particular, the upgrade of Heartland
Bank’s core banking system in New Zealand enabled the acceleration
of Heartland’s digitalisation programme – the benefits of which are
expected to contribute towards achieving Heartland’s ambition of an
underlying CTI ratio of less than 35% by the end of FY2028.
A STRONG LEADERSHIP TEAM
Since acquisition completion, a core area
of focus has been on bringing together the
cultures of the three businesses as Heartland
Bank Australia continues to establish itself
in the Australian market. In May 2024, the
Challenger Bank and Heartland Finance teams
came together in a new Melbourne office,
becoming the main hub for the business.
Sydney employees also relocated to a new
office, while StockCo Australia employees
mostly remain in Brisbane.
On 22 July 2024, after supporting the
successful acquisition completion and aiding
the transition of the Australian businesses,
Chris Flood moved from Acting CEO of
Heartland Bank Australia back to his role as
Deputy Group CEO of Heartland.³ On this date,
Heartland welcomed Michelle Winzer as CEO
of Heartland Bank Australia.
Michelle’s initial focus has been setting the
structure of the business, appointing key
roles to join the executive team and creating
the appropriate operating rhythm.
On 1 July 2024, Vaughan Dixon was appointed
Chief Technology & Operations Officer.
Vaughan leads Heartland Bank Australia’s
technology and operations teams, combined
under a new structure to deliver synergy
across both critical functions. In August
2024, Medina Cicak was appointed Chief
Commercial Officer to lead a newly created
Commercial business unit, comprising the
Retail, Reverse Mortgage and Livestock
Finance teams. Medina’s focus is on
creating and maintaining synergy across the
distribution teams with a targeted approach
to growth.
These new appointments complement
the highly experienced executive team,
comprising David Brown, Chief Risk
Officer, Richard Collier, Chief Financial
Officer, Sharon Yardley, Chief Compliance
& Sustainability Officer and Sarah
Burgemeister, General Counsel.
See full biographies at heartlandbank.com.
au/management-team
LOOKING AHEAD
Heartland Bank Australia’s focus as a
specialist digital bank is on delivering banking
products which are the best or only of their
kind to underserved areas of the market
in which it has expertise – such as reverse
mortgages for older Australians and finance
options for livestock producers.
As it aims to become the lowest cost provider
in the areas it operates, Heartland Bank
Australia will remain focused on margin
expansion and cost reduction through its
funding mix transition and commitment to
digitalisation.
Through the ongoing integration of business
systems and practices post-acquisition,
Heartland Bank Australia will continue to
identify opportunities to improve operational
efficiencies and digitalise processes,
reducing friction for customers and
contributing to a reduced CTI ratio over time.
Growth in FY2025 is expected to be driven by
ongoing demographic demand for Australian
Reverse Mortgages, and a turnaround in
conditions for Australian Livestock Finance
as market confidence in the sector returns,
supported by the execution of product
development initiatives and distribution
network expansion.
Heartland Bank Australia is well capitalised,
profitable and has good access to
retail deposits to fund its future growth
aspirations. With strong leadership in place,
local expertise and learned experience from
Heartland Bank in New Zealand, Heartland is
confident in what lies ahead for its Australian
bank.
Te kōkiritanga o te
whakamatihikotanga
Accelerating
digitalisation
3 As announced on 23 September 2024, Chris Flood will finish with Heartland on 31 October 2024.
YEAR IN REVIEW
18
A PLATFORM FOR FUTURE
GROWTH AND STABILITY
In November 2023, Heartland Bank
successfully upgraded its core banking
system. The upgrade was a significant
programme of work and investment which
began in the financial year ended 30 June
2021 (FY2021).
The multi-year programme included a
replacement of Heartland Bank’s internet
banking platform to deliver improved
functionality, stability and easier integration
with supporting systems and third-party
platforms. This has increased Heartland
Bank’s opportunity for future innovation and
improved efficiencies.
With cyber threats and events on the rise
globally, data security is critical and was a
key part of this change programme. The new
internet banking platform now provides a
foundation for further customer security
feature enhancements into the future.
ACCELERATING THE
DIGITALISATION PROGRAMME
Since the core banking system upgrade,
Heartland Bank has accelerated its
digitalisation programme of work. Several
features have since been released to
Heartland Bank’s digital platforms (the
Heartland Mobile App and Heartland Digital).
These were focused on enabling increased
customer self-service for many of the
reasons for customer inbound calls, and
further enhancing customer security.
New features released since the upgrade
provide customers with the ability to:
• log in with multi-factor authentication for
improved security when prompted
• reset their own password directly from the
app or Heartland Digital
• view the interest rates for their savings
accounts
• cancel future dated payments
• request loan overpayments be either
refunded or applied to their loan
• generate and download settlement quotes
for Motor Finance loans
• process transactions on multiple signatory
accounts.
In addition, customer letters and statements
are now available online (from the Heartland
Mobile App and Heartland Digital) as the
primary method of distribution – this is
expected to deliver substantial cost benefit
through the reduction of postage.
The impact of Heartland’s increased
digitalisation and automation activity is
expected to be realised through FY2025.
Already, digitalisation combined with
employee training and customer awareness
campaigns to increase adoption contributed
to a 6% reduction in Retail calls and a 9%
reduction in customer service calls in FY2024
compared with FY2023.
LOOKING FORWARD
Ongoing digitalisation and automation
efficiencies are critical to Heartland Bank’s
ability to achieve its FY2028 underlying CTI
ratio ambition. In FY2025, cost savings are
expected to be delivered by aiming to uplift
mobile app customer usage to 60% and
reducing basic inbound customer service
calls by 35%. To support this ambition,
Heartland is working to digitalise over 50%
of its basic banking functions, enabling
customers to self-serve through online
channels, and automate 35% of collections
and operations processes. Eligible customers
will also have the flexibility to self-manage
certain Motor Finance loan repayments from
October 2024.
Through digitalisation and changing the
way it does things, Heartland Bank intends
to become the lowest cost provider in the
areas in which it operates. Ultimately, this is
intended to increase Heartland Bank’s ability
to provide competitive banking products,
grow at scale and deliver enhanced value for
customers and Heartland’s shareholders.
02 WHO WE ARE
21
TĀ MĀTOU PAKIHI
OUR BUSINESS
WHO WE ARE
20
OUR PEOPLE
FemaleMale
Gender
diverse
0
%
49
%
51
%
New Zealand
13
Australia
3
16 locations
Employees
New ZealandAustralia
513
100
$
5.9b
Retail deposits
NZ Banking
$
4.4bAU Banking
$
1.6b
$
1.4b
Wholesale facilities
NZ Banking
$
0.5bAU Banking
$
0.9b
$
0.7b
Bonds and notes
NZ Banking
$
0.2b
AU Banking
$
0.5b
OUR FUNDING & CAPITAL
613
Customers
12.3
%
13,000+
Shareholders
2 All lending portfolio figures exclude FX impact.
1 The number of customers across the Group increased by 12.3% from 30 June 2023 to 30 June 2024. Customer numbers as at 30 June 2023
included Challenger Bank Deposit customers prior to Heartland Bank’s acquisition.
Rural
$
272.0m
Livestock Finance
$272.0m
Personal Lending
$25.4m
Household
$
3.0b
Reverse
Mortgages
$1.1b
Online
Home Loans
$317.6m
Motor
Finance
$1.6b
Household
$
1.9b
Reverse Mortgages
$1.8b
Home Loans
$57.2m
NZ Banking
$
5.1b
Total Receivables
$
7.2b
AU Banking
$
2.1b
OUR LENDING²
Business
$
1.3b
Asset
Finance
$737.0m
Wholesale
Lending
$220.9m
O4B
$86.7m
Business
Relationship
$284.4m
Rural
$
709.7m
Rural
Relationship
$417.5m
Livestock
Finance
$197.7m
Rural
Direct
$94.5m
616
100
14.40%
246
50
20.03%
NZ Banking
(NZ$m)
AU Banking
(AU$m)
CET1
Tier 2
The banking group is well capitalised and has strong access to retail deposits to fund future
growth expectations.
¹
23
1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as Heartland CEO and as a Director of Heartland.
2 Appointed Chair 27 June 2024, following the retirement of Ellie Comerford on 26 June 2024.
TE POARI O HEARTLAND GROUP
HEARTLAND GROUP BOARD
WHO WE ARE
22
Greg Tomlinson
Chair and Non-Independent
Non-Executive Director
Appointed 31 October 2018
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee
Jeff Greenslade¹
CEO and Executive Director
Appointed 19 July 2018
Kate Mitchell
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 28 October 2021
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Sustainability Committee (Chair)
- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee
John Harvey
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Audit and Risk Committee (Chair)²
As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info
Rob Bell
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 27 June 2024
Simon Beckett
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 27 June 2024
25
1 The Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration Committee was established on 1 July 2024.
2 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as a Director of Heartland Bank. With effect from 1 October 2024, Andrew Dixson
will be appointed a Non-Independent Non-Executive Director of Heartland Bank, subject to RBNZ non-objection.3 Appointed Chair 30 April 2024.
TE POARI O HEARTLAND BANK (KI AOTEAROA)
HEARTLAND BANK (NEW ZEALAND) BOARD
WHO WE ARE
24
Bruce Irvine
Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 31 December 2015
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank People & Culture and
Remuneration Committee (Chair)¹
- Heartland Bank Audit Committee
Jeff Greenslade²
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 31 December 2015
John Harvey
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 31 December 2015
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Audit Committee
- Heartland Bank Risk Committee
Kate Mitchell
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 29 March 2019
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Risk Committee
- Heartland Bank People & Culture and
Remuneration Committee
As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info
Shelley Ruha
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 1 January 2020
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Risk Committee (Chair)
- Heartland Bank Audit Committee
Simon Tyler
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 8 November 2022
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Audit Committee (Chair)³
- Heartland Bank Risk Committee
- Heartland Bank People & Culture and
Remuneration Committee
- Heartland Sustainability Committee
27
TE POARI O HEARTLAND BANK (KI AHITEREIRIA)
HEARTLAND BANK (AUSTRALIA) BOARD
WHO WE ARE
26
Geoff Summerhayes
Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
- Heartland Sustainability Committee
Shane Buggle
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee (Chair)
- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
Lyn McGrath
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 14 February 2022
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee (Chair)
- Heartland Bank Australia People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee
Vivienne Yu
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Australia People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee (Chair)
- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee
As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info
Bruce Irvine
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Committee memberships:
- Heartland Bank Australia Audit Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia Risk Committee
- Heartland Bank Australia People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
Leanne Lazarus
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
Jeff Greenslade¹
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed 30 April 2024
1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired as a Director of Heartland Bank Australia.
29
TE TIRA WHAKAHAERE
MANAGEMENT
WHO WE ARE
28
Heartland Group
Heartland Bank (New Zealand)
Jeff Greenslade¹
Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Dixson¹
Chief Financial Officer
Chris Flood²
Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Aleisha Langdale³
Chief Performance Officer
Leanne Lazarus
Chief Executive Officer
Michael Drumm
Chief Operating Officer
Andy Wood
Chief Risk Officer
Lana West
Chief People & Culture Officer
Kerry Conway
Chief Financial Officer
Phoebe Gibbons
General Counsel
As at the date of this Annual Report. For full profiles, visit heartlandgroup.info
Heartland Bank (Australia)
Michelle Winzer
Chief Executive Officer
Medina Cicak
Chief Commercial Officer
Sharon Yardley
Chief Compliance &
Sustainability Officer
David Brown
Chief Risk Officer
Richard Collier
Chief Financial Officer
Sarah Burgemeister
General Counsel
Vaughan Dixon
Chief Technology &
Operations Officer
1 On 30 September 2024, Jeff Greenslade retired from his role as Heartland CEO. With effect from 1 October 2024, Andrew Dixson will be
appointed CEO of Heartland, subject to RBNZ non-objection. The Group Chief Financial Officer role will not be replaced.
2 As announced on 23 September 2024, Chris Flood will finish with Heartland on 31 October 2024.
3 With effect from 9 October 2024, Aleisha Langdale will join the Heartland Bank Management team, reporting to Leanne Lazarus, Heartland
Bank CEO.
31
WHO WE ARE
30
KA TŌ HE RĀ, KA RERE HE RĀ
THE END OF AN ERA
Q: Can you tell me about Heartland’s
formation and your role in it?
I felt I had done my time in large banks and
was looking for a challenge. In 2009, the
opportunity came along to join Pyne Gould
Corporation (PGC) which was the parent
company of MARAC Finance (Marac). T h e
purpose of my role was to revisit PGC’s
objectives and guide Marac into becoming
a bank.
This coincided with the global financial
crisis crash and it turned out Marac had a
major balance sheet issue with its property
exposures. However, it had a strong business
in vehicle finance which provided the
earnings to support a recapitalisation.
Then, in 2010, we came together with
Canterbury Building Society (CBS) and
Southern Cross Building Society (SCBS)
with the idea that together we had greater
prospects of becoming a bank.
That’s when Geoff Ricketts got involved,
joining Bruce Irvine and Greg Tomlinson.
Geoff joined through SCBS, Bruce through
PGC and Greg came in from Marac’s
recapitalisation. They are the three key
people who have been the Chairs of the
various companies along the way and I feel
very lucky to have had them as mentors and
be able to utilise their various different skills.
In 2011, the merger to create Heartland
Building Society happened and we listed
on the NZX. Soon after, we bought PGG
Wrightson Finance. In 2012, we obtained
our banking registration from the RBNZ.
That was the end of the first major chapter
for Heartland.
Then we started again. What do we do with
this new bank?
The thing that stood out for me was the
need to create a different bank. We couldn’t
just be a smaller version of a big bank. We
lacked scale. We lacked distribution. At the
time, we had a lot of debates at Board level
on opening more branches, transactional
banking or launching a residential mortgage
offering. But eventually commonsense and
logic prevailed. We couldn’t do those things
because we wouldn’t be able to meet an
acceptable return.
And that’s where the best or only strategy
came from. Everything we did had to have
a point of differentiation which delivered a
higher margin. That allowed us to grow and
formed the second phase. We had become a
bank, now we needed to reinvent the bank.
In line with the best or only strategy, in
2014 we bought the Reverse Mortgage
businesses. It was the New Zealand reverse
mortgage book that we wanted, but that
came with the Australian book. After buying
both, the Australian book started to flourish
and grow much faster. That led to the third
stage – how to fuel exceptional growth
potential in Australia.
We listed on the ASX, bought the StockCo
Australia livestock finance business, and,
after acquiring Challenger Bank earlier this
year, we brought the Australian businesses
together to create Heartland Bank Australia.
Heartland has had significant growth
since forming in 2011. We’ve seen growth in
Receivables from $1.7 billion as at 30 June 2011
to $7.2 billion as at 30 June 2024.
In the same period, our NPAT has increased
from $7.1 million to $74.5 million (or $102.7
million on an underlying basis).
Q: What’s the fourth phase?
The fourth phase for Heartland is about
simplification via technology with the
ultimate goal of having the lowest CTI ratio
of any bank in New Zealand and Australia.
Alongside having different products that
other banks don’t do, this phase is really
about harnessing technology, simplifying
what we do, eliminating friction and
eliminating areas of inefficiency. We need
to speed up our operations – if you can’t do
something quickly, you can’t do it cheaply.
If you can’t do something cheaply, you have
to question why you are doing it at all. And
that may mean jettisoning some products
along the way.
Q: Why the name Heartland?
In media coverage at the time, “Heartland”
was used to refer to the bank we were
creating as one that represented the
heartland of New Zealand. It made sense.
We had a good regional bias – SCBS was
Auckland based, but CBS and Marac had
southern roots.
The name also sat well with depositors, with
good sentiment around being local and New
Zealand owned. The Crown retail deposit
guarantee scheme was about to expire at the
end of December 2011, so our main focus was
on retaining depositors in a post-guarantee
world.
And no one else could come up with
anything better!
Q: Looking back on your time as CEO, what
are you most proud of?
The success of our best or only strategy,
and particularly the digitalisation work that
we have done, and continue to do, has been
exciting and enjoyable.
Latterly, bringing the Australian bank
acquisition to a successful conclusion.
I saw Geoff Ricketts the day before he
passed and that was one thing he asked
me to promise – not to leave until we had
obtained a banking licence in Australia. Geoff
had substantial experience in Australian
companies as a director. He knew the
market well and could see the potential for
Heartland. I’m pleased to have been able to
deliver on that promise.
Q: When you reflect on Heartland’s impact
on its customers and communities, what
stands out?
It’s vital to have a strong sense of social
purpose. With Reverse Mortgages, we
are making retirement better for older
Australians and New Zealanders. Livestock
Finance gives farmers in both countries
better options to manage their business
with more flexibility. Similarly in Motor
Finance, we’re giving people options to be
able get into safer or better cars.
Our Manawa Ako internship programme
stands out as being a great contribution
internally, but also externally. Through this
programme we’ve learnt a lot about why
Māori aren’t represented in the financial
industry. The whole concept of whakamā
(shame or embarrassment) and therefore
making sure people feel welcome in what can
be an intimidating environment. And there
have been some great stories and people
we’ve been able to give some opportunities
and experience to along the way.
Q: What’s next for you?
I’m in the very happy situation of being able to
say I really don’t know. I mean that in a good
way. It’s nice for the first time in my life to say,
“I don’t know”, and it doesn’t bother me. I’m
not going to rush into anything. I’m going to
take my time and have an open mind.
Jeff hands the reigns to Andrew Dixson,
previously Group Chief Financial Officer,
who will be appointed Heartland CEO with
effect from 1 October 2024¹.
1 Subject to RBNZ non-objection.
After 15 years, on 30 September 2024,
Jeff Greenslade retired from his role
as CEO of Heartland.
In this interview, Jeff reflects on his time at Heartland,
including how the company came to be a trans-Tasman
specialist banking group, and the moments he’s most proud of.
33
Through its sustainability
strategy, Heartland is
committed to sustainable
practices that not only
minimise its environmental
footprint, but also make
positive contributions to
its communities and enrich
the lives of its people and
customers.
Environment
Support the just
transition to a net-zero
economy.
People
Create a pathway and
place for Heartland’s
people to grow, thrive
and be empowered to
achieve Heartland’s
goals as one team.
Care for the
communities Heartland
operates in.
Care for Heartland’s
customers.
Financial
wellbeing
Support the
financial wellbeing of
Heartland’s customers
and communities.
03 SUSTAINABILITY
35
SUSTAINABILITY
34
TE TAIAO
ENVIRONMENT
Heartland’s environmental sustainability strategy is underpinned by
three key pillars. Together, these help Heartland fulfil its commitment
to supporting the just transition to a net-zero economy.
1. Build the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into
consideration when making lending decisions.
2. Fund Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy.
3. Embed sustainability into what Heartland does.
Climate reporting
The Financial Sector (Climate-related Disclosures and Other Matters) Amendment Act
2021 introduced a mandatory reporting regime for climate-related disclosures in New
Zealand in the financial year ended 30 June 2022 (FY2022), with effect from FY2024.
Heartland’s Sustainability Committee was established in November 2023 to oversee
Heartland’s sustainability strategy and implementation plans. With the direction of
this new Board committee, Heartland is pleased to have published its first Climate
Report in line with the Financial Sector (Climate-related Disclosures and Other
Matters) Amendment Act. The Heartland Climate Report 2024 provides insight into
Heartland’s environmental journey, including achievements, challenges, climate-
related risks and opportunities and future targets.
For a comprehensive review of Heartland’s environmental journey, refer to the
Heartland Climate Report 2024 available at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:
Support the just transition to a net-zero economy.
HOW: Build the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when
making lending decisions.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Climate-related risk
analysis.
Heartland has made significant progress in FY2024 in its capability
to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when
making lending decisions. Heartland completed scenario analysis
to better understand the resilience of its business strategy in light
of possible climate-related risks. Climate change is a significant and
complex problem that will impact Heartland and its stakeholders
differently.
Refer to page 6 of the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for
further information on Heartland’s scenario analysis.
Implementation of a
climate risk tool and
calculating financed
emissions.
Heartland engaged Jupiter Intelligence, a climate risk modelling
software company, enabling Heartland to understand its exposure
to potential climate hazards through to 2100. Understanding the
potential impacts of climate-related events will allow Heartland to set
risk-appetite targets for lending within its New Zealand and Australian
businesses as part of its climate risk management strategy.
Refer
to the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for further information on
climate-related risks and hazards.
Establish a
Sustainability
Committee.
Heartland’s Sustainability Committee was established in
November 2023 to oversee Heartland’s sustainability strategy
and implementation plans. The Committee is made up of directors
of Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia. The
Committee meets quarterly to consider climate-related risks and
opportunities and provide updates, guidance and leadership regarding
climate initiatives.
37
SUSTAINABILITY
36
HOW: Fund Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Increase lending
to new generation
vehicles.
Of all vehicles funded within Heartland’s Motor Finance portfolio in
FY2024,15% were new generation (hybrids (HEVs), Plug-in hybrids
(PHEVs), and battery electric vehicles (BEVs)), compared with 10% in
FY2023.
In December 2023, Heartland announced its white labelled MG Finance
partnership with MG Motors New Zealand. This finance offering
provides Heartland’s borrowers a range of flexible finance solutions
for the entire MG range, including HEVs, PHEVs and BEVs. In February
2024, Heartland Bank became one of Tesla’s two preferred finance
providers in New Zealand, offering an online finance solution to help
more Kiwi drive electric vehicles.
Identifying
climate-related
opportunities.
Through scenario analysis, Heartland has a better understanding of
the resilience of its business strategy in light of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
Refer to the Heartland Climate Report 2024 for
further information on climate-related opportunities.
Baseline carbon
footprint analysis for
Australian Livestock
Finance.
Heartland’s Australian livestock business, StockCo Australia,
partnered with Australian farmer-led software provider, Ruminati, for
a two-year pilot project. Ruminati is an online emissions calculator
created by farmers for farmers. The platform provides producers
accurate climate data and emissions information to help producers
across Australia track and validate on-farm climate action throughout
the supply chain.
Funding low
emissions assets.
Heartland is positioning itself in the low emission heavy to medium
duty transport and yellow goods space and has established
partnerships with two national distributors. Heartland intends to
continue exploring opportunities to fund low emission assets in these
spaces in FY2025.
1 Includes Scope 1, 2 and select Scope 3 emissions that Heartland has operational control over including freight, flights, car rentals, taxi,
working from home emissions, electricity transmission losses and waste generated in operations.
HOW: Embed sustainability into what Heartland does.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Replace remaining
vehicle fleet with new
generation vehicles.
As at 30 June 2024, Heartland Bank had replaced 91% of its vehicle
fleet with new generation vehicles.
Set long-term
greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions
reduction targets.
Heartland’s long-term GHG emissions reduction target is to reduce
its operational emissions in line with the Paris Agreement to net-zero
by 2050. Since its base year (being the financial year ended 30 June
2019 (FY2019)), Heartland has achieved a 40% reduction in operational
emissions.¹
Engage with Rural
borrowers to
understand their
emissions profiles
and environmental
sustainability
practices.
In FY2024, Heartland began surveying its Rural and Livestock Finance
borrowers in New Zealand to understand their current and planned on-
farm environmental sustainability practices. However, some responses
indicated uncertainty within the sector and were inconclusive. As
a result, Heartland paused the survey to explore a more effective
method for assessing borrowers' emissions profiles and sustainability
practices. This includes examining existing information from
borrowers' key partners to gain a more comprehensive understanding
of their emissions profile. This process started in FY2024 and is
expected to be completed in FY2025.
LOOKING FORWARD TO FY2025
Heartland intends to build on its FY2024 progress in FY2025 through
engaging with its people, customers and key suppliers to reach the
following targets.
• Reduce Heartland’s absolute gross operational emissions by 35%
by the end of FY2025, from its FY2019 base year.
• Increase the percentage of new generation vehicles funded through
Motor Finance to more than 15%.
• Extend Heartland’s physical climate risk identification tool to
the credit assessment process for Online Home Loans, Reverse
Mortgages, Australian Livestock Finance, and New Zealand Rural and
Livestock Finance borrowers.
• Develop and execute a climate-related customer communication
and education strategy in partnership with subject matter experts in
FY2025.
• Engage with the 100 largest Australian Livestock Finance and New
Zealand Rural and Livestock Finance borrowers in each of Australia
and New Zealand to understand their on-farm emissions by the end of
FY2025, and ensure they have an emissions reduction plan in place by
the end of the financial year ending 30 June 2026 (FY2026).
• Develop Heartland’s Transition Plan detailing how Heartland intends
to reduce its operational emissions to net-zero by 2050 and reduce
the climate-risk and emissions intensity of its lending books.
For more information on Heartland’s environmental journey, refer to
Heartland’s Climate Report at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
39
SUSTAINABILITY
38
HOW: To be a workplace where Māori can succeed as Māori and create a pathway to being an
employer that is welcoming to all cultures and ethnicities.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Extend community
engagement for
Heartland’s Manawa
Ako internship
programme.
The Manawa Ako internship programme reached a broader network of
applicants by leveraging business relationships and connections. This
included recruiting interns from Manurewa High School, Ngā Puna O
Waiōrea (Western Springs College) and Ngāti Whakaue.
Through engaging with a wider network, Heartland welcomed 30
interns in FY2024 – the largest cohort for Manawa Ako since its
inception in 2017. 140 rangatahi have participated in the programme
since 2017.
At 30 June 2024, 15 former Manawa Ako interns were employed by
Heartland. Seven of which are from the FY2024 Manawa Ako cohort.
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland is committed to supporting Māori and Pasifika in the banking industry. Heartland
will achieve this through membership in the New Zealand Banking Association (NZBA) Ta w h i a
(Māori Bankers Association) committee, close association with InZone Education Foundation
and Heartland’s annual Manawa Ako internship programme.
• Heartland will extend its engagement to an even broader network of schools across
Auckland to offer opportunities to apply for the Manawa Ako internship programme in FY2025.
NGĀ TĀNGATA
PEOPLE
HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:
Create a pathway and place for Heartland’s people to grow, thrive
and be empowered to achieve Heartland’s goals as one team.
HOW: Establish Heartland as a recognisable and desirable employer of choice to attract,
develop and enable exceptional talent.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Seek employee
insight on how
Heartland can
become a more
recognisable and
desirable employer.
Heartland began using surveys to gain employee insights as part
of the integration of Challenger Bank employees from acquisition
completion. These surveys were originally intended for broader
employee engagement. However, Heartland’s focus shifted following
the acquisition of Challenger Bank in April 2024 and the subsequent
integration of Challenger Bank employees with Heartland Finance and
StockCo Australia employees to form Heartland Bank Australia.
The surveys were tailored to better support a positive integration for
employees into Heartland post-acquisition.
Continue to
offer successful
initiatives, including:
• participation
in the Rotary
Young-Person
Leadership
Awards (RYLA)
youth programme
• facilitating the
Rangatahi (Youth)
Advisory Board
programme
• continuing to grant
Mātāpono Awards.
Rotary Young-Person Leadership Awards
This week-long, immersive programme includes presentations,
workshops and activities aimed at enhancing teamwork and
communication skills. Heartland nominates and sponsors selected
employees to participate, and in FY2024, four emerging leaders from
Heartland took part in the RYLA programme, of which 50% were female.
Rangatahi (Youth) Advisory Board
Heartland appointed 10 new members to the Board in FY2024, who
sit alongside four existing members. The Board is made up of nine
males and five females across Heartland’s Australian and New Zealand
businesses, who each bring their unique perspective and innovative
ideas to the group.
Mātāpono (Values) Awards
Heartland’s Mātāpono Awards are presented quarterly. In FY2024, 40
individuals across Australia and New Zealand received these awards,
with 90% of the winners being non-leaders. Of the winners, 55% were
female and 45% were male.
New initiatives
Multiethnic Young Leaders NZ
In FY2024 Heartland also became a Corporate Impact Investor of
Multiethnic Young Leaders NZ (MYLN). This is a network of young
leaders who are committed to championing diversity in leadership,
empowering Māori, Asian, Pacific and ethnic minority rangatahi
(youth). As a Corporate Impact Investor, Heartland is invited to attend
MYLN’s events, workshops and programmes – which it shares with
employees.
Heartland has two employees participating in the 3 Kapu Kawhe
Mentorship Programme provided by MYLN. This short-term mentoring
programme by MYLN is designed for ethnically diverse professionals
aged 35 and under who show potential for impactful leadership.
Participants are matched with executives and directors from New
Zealand organisations for three one-hour mentoring sessions over
six months. In return, mentees will have three coffee meetings with a
student leader in tertiary education or their final year of high school.
41
2 Heartland’s pay gap reporting includes pay for all New Zealand employees, including base pay and discretionary payments.
SUSTAINABILITY
40
FY2025
TARGETS
• Heartland intends to
commence an annual
employee culture and
engagement survey
to be conducted
across all of Heartland.
A baseline will be
created and progress
monitored against
targets annually.
HOW: Create an inclusive, engaging environment for employees where gender balance
and diverse ethnic representation is achieved at all levels for the organisation, leading to
exceptional experiences for Heartland’s people and customers.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Reduce pay gaps
Heartland is
dedicated to
advancing its efforts
in reducing gender
and ethnicity pay
gaps.
Heartland has seen a reduction in the pay gaps between men and
women, between Māori and non-Māori, and between Pasifika and non-
Pasifika in the last year.²
• Gap between median pay of men and women across all NZ roles has
reduced by 6.1% since 30 June 2023 to 21.9%.
• Gap between median pay of non-Māori and Māori across all NZ roles
has reduced by 4.6% since 30 June 2023 to 23.4%.
• Gap between median pay of non-Pasifika and Pasifika across all NZ
roles has reduced by 9.9% since 30 June 2023 to 17.1%.
Increase gender
balance
Heartland
tracks gender
representation and
leadership roles
throughout the year.
In FY2024, there was an 8% increase in the percentage of women
in management roles, rising to 38%. The Heartland Bank Board
maintained 33% female representation, unchanged from FY2023.
While the Heartland Board includes one female member (17%), the
newly established Heartland Bank Australia Board has 43% female
representation. Refer to the table on the next page for the gender
diversity of directors and employees of the Group in New Zealand and
Australia.
Improve
accessibility
Heartland is
dedicated to
enhancing
accessibility for
older customers and
those with physical
or hidden disabilities
to ensure a more
inclusive experience
for all.
Heartland has combined its Accessibility and Vulnerable Customers
committees into one broader Accessibility Committee.
Heartland has renewed its status as a Hearing Accredited Workplace
in New Zealand for another year with the Foundation for the Deaf and
Hard of Hearing. In Australia, Heartland celebrated National Week of
Deaf People in September 2023 to increase awareness and education
about the Deaf community among Heartland’s employees.
For New Zealand Sign Language Week in May 2024, Heartland hosted
Sign Language workshops to promote inclusivity.
Maintained Rainbow Tick accreditation and
joined the Welcome Here Project
Heartland Bank in New Zealand has successfully renewed its Rainbow
Tick accreditation for another year, having initially received this
certification in 2019.
In continuing its ongoing commitment to accessibility and diversity,
Heartland has joined The Welcome Here Project in Australia and has
replicated the concept of this project in New Zealand. The Welcome
Here Project supports businesses in Australia to create an environment
that is visibly welcoming of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer
and intersex (LGBTQI+) communities. Members are provided with
Welcome Here rainbow stickers and a charter to prominently display,
signalling that their business welcomes and celebrates LGBTQI+
diversity.
In FY2024 Heartland’s Rainbow Committee conducted a Rainbow 101 and
Active Allyship workshop through Rainbow Tick, which had significant
uptake from Heartland employees and educated participants on the
foundations of what it means to be inclusive of the LGBTQI+ community.
GENDER DIVERSITY
PositionsFemaleMaleGender DiverseNot statedTotal
As at 30 June 2024
Board - Heartland1 (17%)5 (83%)006
Board - Heartland Bank2 (33%)4 (67%)006
Board - Heartland Bank Australia3 (43%)4 (57%)007
Management
³
8 (38%)13 (61%)0021
All People Leaders (excl Management)45 (47%)51 (53%)0096
All staff (excl Board)311 (51%)302 (49%)00613
As at 30 June 2023
Board - Heartland2 (40%)3 (60%)005
Board - Heartland Bank2 (33%)4 (67%)006
Management
³
3 (30%)7 (70%)0010
All People Leaders (excl Management)48 (46%)56 (54%)00104
All staff (excl Board)279 (52%)251 (47%)3 (0.6%)2 (0.4%)535
Other achievements in FY2024
3 Management represents Heartland’s Officers for the purposes of the NZX Listing Rules.
43
4 This excludes one-off donations made in FY2023, totalling $45,000, to support disaster relief funds.
SUSTAINABILITY
42
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland intends to continue to focus on achieving gender balance in all levels at Heartland,
including by leveraging its Growing Families, Rainbow and Kia Eke employee groups. Heartland
also intends to continue its commitment to disclosing its gender pay gap in New Zealand
through Mind the Gap.
• Heartland is committed to diversity and inclusion and creating an environment where all
employees can thrive. Heartland Bank will do this in New Zealand by retaining its accreditations
as a Living Wage Employer, for the Rainbow Tick (NZ), and its Hearing Accreditation with the
National Foundation for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing, by being a member of Mind the Gap.
• To ensure Heartland is a welcoming space for diverse employees in its Australian business,
efforts are underway to achieve Bronze Status in the Australian Workplace Equality Index, as
published by Pride in Diversity. This index serves as the Australian equivalent of the Rainbow Tick
and will further reinforce Heartland’s commitment to being an inclusive and uplifting place to work.
HOW: Heartland gives back to the community through grants, sponsorships and
active volunteering.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Increasing
commitment to
wellbeing through a
renewed partnership
with Lifeline Aotearoa.
With funds provided by the Heartland Trust, in FY2024 Heartland
increased its support for initiatives that foster positive mental health
and wellbeing in the community,⁴ including Lifeline Aotearoa and
grants provided to the Sir John Kirwan Foundation’s mental health
initiative Mitey, Auckland City Mission and Sweat with Pride.
Continue to give
back through
the Heartland
Trust, a registered
charitable trust that is
independent from but
closely supported by
Heartland Bank.
In FY2024, more than $690,000 was funded through the Heartland
Trust in the form of grants to community organisations and initiatives
in the areas of education and learning, arts and culture, mental health
and wellbeing, and sport and physical wellbeing.
For more information on the organisations receiving support from the
Heartland Trust, refer to heartland.co.nz/about-us/sponsorship
Increase volunteer
day participation.
Heartland launched an awareness campaign to educate employees
and senior leaders about volunteer days and the types of activities
that can be included within them. Heartland acknowledges the
positive impact that volunteering has on building employee wellbeing
and a sense of connection and therefore offers one paid volunteer day
per year to each employee.
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland is committed to supporting the communities it operates in, including giving back
through the Heartland Trust. Heartland will review the funding categories of the Heartland
Trust to ensure funding is allocated to areas where Heartland can have the greatest impact in
the community.
• Heartland intends to continue promoting the use of volunteer days to increase the use of
these days in both New Zealand and Australia.
HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:
Heartland cares for its communities.
HOW: Heartland provides competitive and flexible products that aim to improve the lives
of its customers.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Continue to be
recognised for
exceptional value
and innovation
through maintaining
its streak of Canstar
NZ recognition, and
recognition in the
Australian market for
its Reverse Mortgage
product.
Australian Mortgage Awards
Heartland Bank Australia has been shortlisted as an excellence
awardee in the Bank of the Year category for the 2024 Australian
Mortgage Awards.⁵ The Australian Mortgage Awards celebrate
achievements and acknowledges excellence across the financial
sector, including brokers, aggregators, lenders, business development
managers and more.
Savings Bank of the Year
Heartland Bank in New Zealand has been awarded Canstar’s Savings
Bank of the Year for seven consecutive years.⁶ The Canstar Bank of
the Year – Savings Award is awarded to the institution that provides
the strongest combination of products, accounting for the price
positioning, features, savings tools and flexibility of the products
assessed within Canstar’s rating profiles.
Three of Heartland Bank’s savings accounts were also awarded
Canstar Outstanding Value awards, each with a 5-Star Rating:
• Direct Call Account: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2018 – 2024
• 90 Day Notice Saver: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2023 – 2024
• 32 Day Notice Saver: Outstanding Value Savings Account, 2022 – 2024.
Due to its recent market entry in October 2023, Heartland Bank’s Digital
Saver Account was not eligible for an Outstanding Value Award or Star
Rating this year.
Commission
research to better
understand the
needs of older New
Zealanders and
Australians.
Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage teams in New Zealand and Australia
have collaborated with RMIT University (RMIT), which has released a
research paper on the post-COVID-19 enablers and barriers to ageing
well in place. The report explores the benefits, risks and decisions
associated with ageing in place and assesses some of the planning
considerations required by individuals, government departments and
agencies and industries to support people to remain in their home as
they age. Previous research conducted by RMIT reported that almost
90% of older Australians wish to ‘age in place’.
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland is committed to delivering exceptional value and banking innovation to its
customers. Heartland aims to uphold its streak of recognition by Canstar NZ and gain further
recognition in the Australian market for its Reverse Mortgage product.
HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:
Heartland cares for its customers.
5 Announced August 2024.
6 Awarded July 2024.
45
SUSTAINABILITY
44
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland will support eligible Motor Finance borrowers to manage certain
repayments and avoid arrears through ‘Manage loan’ functionality (One-Click).
The first release of One-Click will provide eligible Motor Finance customers with the
flexibility to self-manage their vehicle loan repayments digitally via the Heartland
Mobile App.
• Release further features to the Heartland Mobile App.
• Update direct debit details
This feature will enable Motor Finance customers to update their direct debit
date and frequency. Heartland is also looking to allow updates to the direct
debit account.
• Confirmation of Payee
The Confirmation of Payee initiative, being led by the NZBA, aims to enhance the
security of online banking transactions by verifying the payee’s account details
before completing a payment.
• Other updates
Other updates to the Heartland Mobile App include allowing users to update
their tax information and set communication preferences via the app.
• Introduce a solution to provide fraud detection, monitoring and management
capabilities to protect Heartland Bank’s customers against unauthorised dealings
when interacting with Heartland Bank’s ecosystem (i.e. while applying for credit or
transacting with existing accounts).
HOW: Enhance economic outcomes for customers through digitalisation.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Support borrowers to
manage their repayments,
avoiding arrears.
Heartland has made significant progress towards offering eligible
Motor Finance customers flexibility to self-manage certain loan
repayments (One-Click). The development and architecture are
largely complete, and extensive testing is underway.
Continue to increase
digital self-service
functionality.
The implementation of Heartland Bank’s core banking system
upgrade has enabled the release of further features to its digital
banking platforms to enhance customers’ ability to self-service.
See page 18 for more information on these features.
TE ORANGA Ā-AHUMONI
FINANCIAL WELLBEING
HEARTLAND’S COMMITMENT:
Support the financial wellbeing of Heartland’s
customers and communities.
HOW: Ensure customers can benefit from Heartland’s digitalisation journey.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Provide digital access
to New Zealand Reverse
Mortgage customers.
Heartland intended to create a mobile app for its New Zealand
Reverse Mortgage customers in FY2024, however this was
delayed due to the prioritisation of other strategic initiatives.
This development is still a focus for Heartland, although
development may be further delayed to FY2026.
Deliver educational
events to improve digital
capability.
Heartland intended to host a series of events to educate
Heartland’s customers on how to use mobile devices and
applications, including the Heartland Mobile App, in order
to improve their confidence and capability using digital
tools. These events did not take place in FY2024 due to the
prioritisation of other strategic initiatives.
Other achievements in FY2024
FY2025 TARGETS
See Financial wellbeing targets listed on the previous page.
Provided digital access for customers to
manage their funds on the go
Heartland Bank’s Digital Saver account launched in October 2023 and has helped
over 4,000 Kiwi access their funds digitally in FY2024. This low-touch, self-service
account provides Kiwi an additional savings investment option, with no monthly fees,
unlimited withdrawals and the flexibility to easily access their funds if they need to,
without being penalised for withdrawing more funds than deposited in any given
month.
A Heartland Bank Digital Saver account can be opened online and self-managed
by customers through the Heartland Mobile App or through Heartland Bank’s online
banking platform, Heartland Digital.
“ I’m very new to the concept of high-yield
savings accounts, and I was amazed at the
interest rates offered by Heartland Bank’s
90 Day Notice Saver and digital savings
accounts. I am so glad I made the decision to
invest with Heartland Bank.”
Heartland Bank Deposit customer
SUSTAINABILITY
46
How: Ensure Heartland’s values and commitments are shared by its suppliers.
FY2024 TARGET FY2024 PROGRESS
Set supplier sustainability
targets to enhance
sustainability and ensure
Heartland’s values and
commitments are shared by
its suppliers.
In FY2024, Heartland engaged a third-party management
system to facilitate engagement with its New Zealand based
landlords and Heartland’s top suppliers responsible for over 50%
of its total expenditure. A survey was sent to these groups to
understand their emissions and strategies for reducing them.
Heartland is yet to receive all responses to this survey which
has delayed the ability to set supplier sustainability targets in
FY2024.
FY2025 TARGETS
• Heartland intends to analyse the survey results from its New Zealand based landlords and
its top suppliers responsible for over 50% of total expenditure across its Australian and
New Zealand locations. This analysis will give Heartland insight into each entity’s emissions
and emission reduction targets, helping to better align Heartland’s sustainability
practices across the Group.
04 DISCLOSURES
49
1 For Heartland and Heartland Bank, this has been the case since November 2023. Please refer to the ‘Corporate governance’ section of
Heartland’s FY2023 Annual Report for more information.
2 Separate Codes of Conduct were adopted from completion of the Challenger Bank acquisition.
DISCLOSURES
48
This corporate governance statement describes Heartland’s
corporate governance policies and practices as at 30 June 2024 and
has been approved by the Board.
Heartland has reported against the NZX
Corporate Governance Code (NZX Code)
dated 1 April 2023.
Heartland, as the parent company of the
Group, is committed to ensuring that
Heartland’s policies and practices reflect
current best practice, in the interests
of Heartland’s shareholders and other
stakeholders.
In addition to information about Heartland’s
corporate governance policies and
practices, this section includes information
about Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank
Australia’s corporate governance policies and
practices, where relevant.
Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank
Australia each have their own Board and
Board Committees and make independent
decisions (including on corporate
governance matters). Heartland and
Heartland Bank have developed a Heartland
Entities Oversight Governance Framework
(Oversight Framework), which was adopted
by their respective Boards from completion
of the acquisition of Challenger Bank (now
Heartland Bank Australia). The Oversight
Framework balances the importance of
strong governance by the respective boards
of directors of Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia to ensure the prudent
management of their own business and risks,
alongside the need for Group-wide oversight
of all material risks.
Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia Board and Committee
meetings are held separately.¹ In the case
of Heartland and Heartland Bank, only the
respective Chairs are attendees at both
meetings. The Chair of Heartland Bank
and the respective CEOs of Heartland and
Heartland Bank were also directors on the
Heartland Bank Australia Board as at 30 June
2024, having been appointed from completion
of the Challenger Bank acquisition.
Heartland’s key corporate governance
policies and practices either apply to, or
have been adopted by, Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia (as applicable).
Other than in respect of the matters
explained in response to Recommendations
2.9, 3.3, 3.4 and 8.4 below, Heartland was in
compliance with the corporate governance
recommendations contained in the NZX Code
as at 30 June 2024.
PRINCIPLE 1 – ETHICAL
STANDARDS
Directors should set high standards of
ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and
hold management accountable for these
standards being followed throughout the
organisation.
Codes of Conduct – Recommendation 1.1
Heartland has separate Codes of Conduct
for New Zealand and Australia² and also a
Directors’ Code of Conduct. These Codes of
Conduct set out the ethical and behavioural
standards expected of Group directors,
employees and intermediaries and are
available on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info.
The Codes of Conduct cover a wide range of
areas, including:
• Heartland’s responsibilities towards
shareholders and the financial community,
its customers, clients and service
providers, and its employees
• conflicts of interest, including the receipt
of gifts and other corporate opportunities
TE URUNGI Ā-RANGATŌPŪ
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
• confidentiality
• the recommended procedure for advising
Heartland of a suspected breach in
accordance with the applicable Heartland
Employee Whistleblowing Policy.
Suspected breaches of the Codes of Conduct
may be reported in accordance with the
relevant Heartland Whistleblowing Policy or
directly to Group Management. Whistleblower
cases are addressed in accordance with the
applicable Whistleblowing Policy. Suspected
breaches reported directly to Group
Management are addressed in accordance
with Heartland’s disciplinary process as
appropriate.
Every new director or employee is provided
with a copy of the relevant Code of Conduct
and is required to read it and each new
employee is required to attest to their
understanding of it. Employees are trained
on the relevant Code of Conduct annually
and required to review and repeat their
attestation to their understanding of it.
Each director and employee has an obligation,
at all times, to comply with the spirit as well as
the letter of the law, and to comply with the
principles of the relevant Code of Conduct,
including exhibiting a high standard of ethical
behaviour. The Codes of Conduct are subject
to annual review. Various Heartland policies,
frameworks and standards expand upon the
topics in the relevant Code of Conduct, for
example, Heartland’s Conduct Management
Framework, Employee Whistleblowing Policies
and Gift and Hospitality Policy.
Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia provide all employees with
access to independent and external
whistleblowing hotlines.
Insider Trading Policy –
Recommendation 1.2
Heartland has an Insider Trading Policy
which applies to all directors, employees
and contractors of the Group. In addition to
the prohibition on insider trading, directors,
employees and contractors are prohibited
from buying or selling the Group’s quoted
financial products during ‘blackout periods’
– which are periods that commence 30 days
prior to the end of the half-year and the
full-year and 30 days prior to the release of a
product disclosure statement, prospectus
and/or investment statement for a general
public offer of any quoted financial products,
and generally end, respectively, once the
financial results from the half-year or the
full-year or disclosure document has been
released to the market. Additional blackout
periods may also be notified from time to time.
All of the Group’s directors, senior officers
and certain other designated persons are
required to obtain consent before buying or
selling the Group’s quoted financial products
outside of blackout periods, and to certify
that their decision to buy or sell has not been
made on the basis of inside information.
The Board continually assesses, with the
assistance of the Boards of Heartland Bank
and Heartland Bank Australia, whether any
matters under consideration are likely to
materially influence Heartland’s share price
and therefore whether additional trading
restrictions should be imposed on directors,
employees and contractors.
The Insider Trading Policy is available
on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info. Through its share
registrar, MUFG Corporate Markets (formerly
Link Market Services), Heartland actively
monitors trading in Heartland shares
by directors, officers and certain other
designated persons.
PRINCIPLE 2 – BOARD
COMPOSITION AND
PERFORMANCE
To ensure an effective board, there should be
a balance of independence, skills, knowledge,
experience and perspectives.
Role of the Board – Recommendation 2.1
The Board is responsible for corporate
governance, setting the Group’s overall
strategic direction and having Group-wide
oversight of all material risks.
The Board Charter regulates Board procedure
and describes in detail the Board’s role and
responsibilities and the role of Management.
The Board Charter is available on Heartland’s
51
3 Heartland Bank’s acquisition of Challenger Bank completed on 30 April 2024. Challenger Bank was subsequently rebranded to Heartland
Bank Australia, and the current Heartland Bank Australia Board held its first meeting as part of the Group on 1 May 2024.
4 The Heartland Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished by the Heartland Board on 1
July 2024.
5 The Heartland Sustainability Committee was established by the Heartland Board on 9 November 2023.
6 E F Comerford resigned from the Heartland Board on 26 June 2024.
DISCLOSURES
50
shareholder website, heartlandgroup.info.
The Board establishes objectives, strategies
and an overall policy framework in respect
of those matters applicable at a Group-wide
level within which the Group’s business is
conducted.
The Board schedules regular meetings at
which it receives briefings on key strategic
and operational issues from Management,
together with updates from the Chairs of
the respective Board Committees, the Chair
of the Heartland Bank Board and the New
Zealand directors who sit on the Heartland
Bank Australia Board.
In light of the acquisition of Challenger
Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia), and
the consequent changes to the boards of
Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia, a Group-wide skills matrix
is being progressed and is intended to be
published in next year’s annual report.
Director appointment –
Recommendations 2.2 and 2.3
Heartland has a procedure for the nomination
and appointment of directors to the Board, as
documented in Heartland’s Constitution and
Board Charter. Directors may be appointed
in accordance with Heartland’s Constitution
or pursuant to formal written letters of
appointment. Letters of appointment set out
the key terms and conditions of a director’s
appointment to ensure that directors clearly
understand the expectations of Heartland
and the Board. Directors are entitled to
appoint and remove alternate directors with
the approval of the majority of the other
directors. The Board may appoint a managing
director.
Each new director of Heartland is required,
pursuant to the Heartland Board Charter, to
enter into a written agreement with Heartland
in respect of his or her appointment
and Heartland has a pro forma director
appointment letter which is tailored for
individual appointments.
During FY2024, the Heartland Corporate
Governance, People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee was tasked with
the role of reviewing Heartland’s Board
composition, and reviewing and making
recommendations in relation to nominations,
for the Board’s consideration.
With effect from 1 July 2024, the
Heartland Corporate Governance, People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
was disestablished. Please see the reporting
against Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4 below
for more information.
Director attendance at Board and
Committee meetings and other director
information – Recommendation 2.4
The Board held 13 meetings, the Heartland
Bank Board held 12 meetings, and the
Heartland Bank Australia Board held 3
meetings during FY2024.³ The following table
shows attendance by each director at the
meetings of the relevant Board and Board
Committees of which he or she was a member.
7 E J Harvey was appointed to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024. He became a member of the Heartland Audit & Risk Committee on 30 April
2024 and became its Chair on 27 June 2024 following the resignation of E F Comerford.
8 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.
9 R Bell was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.
10 S Beckett was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.
11 S R Tyler was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Audit Committee on 30 April 2024, following E J Harvey’s resignation as Chair.
Heartland BoardHeartland Committees
Attended
as Director
Attended
as Observer
Audit & Risk
Committee
Corporate
Governance, People,
Remuneration
and Nominations
Committee⁴
Sustainability
Committee⁵
J K Greenslade13-11*--
E F Comerford⁶12-11--
E J Harvey⁷1511**--
K Mitchell13-11-3
G R Tomlinson13-117-
G E Summerhayes⁸12-5*-3
R A Bell⁹-1---
S Beckett¹⁰-1---
B R Irvine-12 *^1^^7***-
S M Ruha-4^6^^--
S R Tyler-4^7^^-3
Heartland Bank BoardHeartland Bank Committees
Attended as DirectorAttended as ObserverAudit CommitteeRisk Committee
J K Greenslade10-1*-
B R Irvine12-101*
K Mitchell12-7*6
E J Harvey12-106
S M Ruha 12-96
S R Tyler¹¹12-105
G R Tomlinson-11*^3^^-
E F Comerford-4^10^^6*
G E Summerhayes-4^--
Heartland Bank Australia BoardHeartland Bank Australia Committees
Attended as DirectorAttended as ObserverAudit CommitteeRisk Committee
J K Greenslade3---
B R Irvine3-22
G E Summerhayes3-22
V Z Yu3-22
L G Lazarus3---
S M Buggle3-22
L T McGrath3-22
G R Tomlinson-1*--
* These meetings were attended by the director as an observer rather than as a member.
** The first eight meetings were attended as an observer and the subsequent three as a member.
*** Attended as a member.
^ Heartland and Heartland Bank Board meetings were held jointly until 31 October 2023, after
which they were held separately, noting the Heartland Chair and Heartland Bank Chair continue to
attend the Board meetings of the other as an observer. G R Tomlinson and B R Irvine attended the
Heartland Bank and Heartland Board meetings respectively as observers from 1 November 2023.
^^ Heartland Audit & Risk Committee and Heartland Bank Audit Committee meetings were held
jointly until 31 October 2023, after which they were held separately.
53
DISCLOSURES
52
All of the then serving members of the Board
and Heartland Bank Board attended the
Annual General Meeting (Annual Meeting)
held on 9 November 2023.
A profile of each director’s experience is
available on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info.
Succession planning is key to Heartland’s
corporate governance approach. Heartland
recognises the challenges of attracting and
retaining talented directors in New Zealand
and Australia and adopts a forward-thinking
approach in this regard. This includes
taking director tenure into account, in line
with NZX Code recommendations. The
Board is responsible for selecting new
directors, their induction, and developing a
succession plan for Board members. Annual
performance assessments of the Boards,
Committees and individual directors are
conducted, with the engagement of external
providers if necessary. This ensures a range
of complementary skills, knowledge, and
experience to effectively govern the Group’s
business, monitor performance and support
strategic priorities.
The Board has assessed each Heartland
director’s independence status, as described
in the Directors’ disclosure section of this
report. The Board confirms that none of the
factors listed in Table 2.4 of the NZX Code
apply to any of the Heartland directors
assessed to be independent.
In assessing the independence of Heartland’s
directors, the Board considered, among other
things, the following factors:
• employment in an executive role at
Heartland or its subsidiaries
• income derived from Heartland in the last 12
months
• holding a senior role at a major professional
services provider to Heartland or its
subsidiaries
• employment by Heartland’s external auditor
in the last three years
• material business relationships with
Heartland or its subsidiaries in the last
three years
• being a substantial product holder or
associated with one
• material contractual relationships with
Heartland or its subsidiaries, excluding
directorship, in the last three years.
The Board concluded that none of these
factors applied to the directors noted as
independent in a way that would interfere with
their ability to exercise independent judgment,
act in Heartland’s best interests, or represent
shareholders' interests. The Directors’
disclosures section of this report also includes
information on each director’s Heartland share
dealings and relevant interests and disclosure
of interests. A description of each director’s
length of service is included on pages 22 to 27
of this Annual Report.
Diversity and inclusion –
Recommendation 2.5
In order to articulate its commitment to
diversity, Heartland has developed a Diversity
& Inclusion Policy which requires the Heartland
Board, with the help of the employee Diversity
& Inclusion Committee, to set measurable
objectives for achieving diversity and to track
progress against them. Heartland’s Diversity
& Inclusion Policy was updated in FY2024 to
include Kia Eke and Growing Families on the
increasing list of employee network groups
that support Heartland’s diversity and
inclusion strategy.
Kia Eke and Growing Families are employee
network groups focused on achieving greater
gender balance across Heartland, supporting
families and providing events which
allow employees to understand different
perspectives and gain exposure to Heartland’s
senior leaders.
Heartland’s Diversity & Inclusion Policy is
available on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info. Heartland’s diversity
and inclusion objectives align to its social
sustainability targets. Commentary on
Heartland’s other achievements and activity
in FY2024, including gender and ethnicity pay
gap information, is included on pages 38 to 42
of this Annual Report.
Board training –
Recommendation 2.6
To ensure ongoing education, directors
are regularly informed of developments
that affect the industry and business
environment, as well as company and
legal updates that are relevant for the
performance of their duties. Directors also
have access to Management and external
advisers to answer any questions they may
have and often receive specific training
on relevant topics. In FY2024, for example,
members of the Heartland Board received
specialist capital markets training from
one of Heartland’s external legal advisers.
The Heartland Bank Australia Board also
completed four days of induction training
covering topics such as corporate structure,
company and Group strategy, an introduction
to Heartland’s Management team,
governance and Heartland’s product set and
customer base.
Board, director and committee
performance assessments –
Recommendation 2.7
The Boards of Heartland, Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia undertake a formal
review of their own, their committees’ and
individual directors’ performance at least
annually. Individual director performance
reviews are facilitated by the Chairs of the
respective Boards. The Boards are also able
to engage external providers to support
performance reviews, where considered
appropriate.
This is to ensure that the Boards each have
a range of complementary skills, knowledge
and experience in order to effectively
govern the relevant Group entity, to monitor
its performance, and to support the
implementation of its strategic priorities – in
the interests of its shareholders and other
stakeholders.
Each of the Group Boards recognise the
need to have a range of complementary
skills, knowledge and experience to support
the Group’s implementation of its strategic
priorities, and for each Board to have a
balance of skills and attributes in order to
support diversity at a Board level. With this
in mind, the composition of the Boards of
Heartland, Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia are regularly reviewed
and their collective skills, knowledge and
experience formally assessed. This exercise
provides an opportunity to reflect on and
discuss current Board composition, as well as
succession planning.
This process informed a number of director
changes that occurred in FY2024, and
specifically the desire to strengthen the
Heartland Board’s Australian expertise. As a
result, Heartland welcomed Robert (Rob) Bell
and Simon Beckett to the Board on 27 June
2024, both with a deep understanding of the
Australian banking market and regulatory
environment. The composition of the Board of
Heartland Bank Australia was also designed
to have a strong level of independence
and extensive financial, regulatory, risk
and governance expertise. The current
Boards comprise directors with a mix of
qualifications, skills and attributes who hold
diverse business, governance and industry
experience.
Board independence –
Recommendation 2.8
Recommendation 2.8 of the NZX Code
states that a majority of the board should
be independent. The NZX Main Board Listing
Rules also require that the number of directors
must be at least three, at least two directors
must be ordinarily resident in New Zealand and
at least two directors must be independent
directors. Subject to these requirements, the
Board determines the size and composition of
the Board from time to time.
On 30 April 2024, upon completion of
the Challenger Bank acquisition, G E
Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland
Board when he was appointed Chair of the
Heartland Bank Australia Board. During the
reporting period, E J Harvey was appointed
as an independent, non-executive director
on 30 April 2024, E F Comerford resigned with
effect from 26 June 2024, and R A Bell and
S Beckett were appointed as independent,
non-executive directors on 27 June 2024.
As at 30 June 2024, the Board comprised
six directors, being the non-independent,
non-executive Chair, the CEO and four
independent, non-executive directors. Four
of Heartland’s directors are ordinarily resident
in New Zealand, and (as has been the case
55
12 G R Tomlinson has been a non-executive director of Heartland since 2018. He was also a director of Heartland Bank Limited, Heartland’s
predecessor entity, before the corporate restructure of the Heartland group on 31 October 2018. On that date he ceased to be a director of
Heartland Bank Limited and began his appointment on the Heartland Board.
13 The Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished with effect from 1 July 2024. Please refer
to the commentary in respect of Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4 for further information.
DISCLOSURES
54
throughout the reporting period) a majority
of the Heartland Board is independent. The
Board encourages rigorous discussion and
analysis when making decisions.
Independent Chair –
Recommendation 2.9
G R Tomlinson is not considered to be an
independent Chair of Heartland, as he is
a substantial product holder of the issuer.
Although G R Tomlinson is not independent,
the Board is of the view that it is appropriate
for G R Tomlinson to be Heartland’s Chair, as
he has been a longstanding non-executive
director of Heartland since 2018,¹² held the
role of Deputy Chair for a number of years,
and has a deep understanding of Heartland,
its business and its shareholders. In addition,
he is not an executive of Heartland which
ensures that there is continued, appropriate
separation between the Chair and CEO of
Heartland as discussed in the commentary
on Recommendation 2.9 below.
As a result, Heartland was not compliant with
Recommendation 2.9 of the NZX Code for the
year ended 30 June 2024, which states that
an issuer should have an independent chair
of the board.
Separate Chair and CEO –
Recommendation 2.10
To ensure that a conflict of interest does not
arise, the Chair of Heartland and the CEO
are separate persons, in accordance with
Recommendation 2.10 of the NZX Code.
PRINCIPLE 3 – BOARD
COMMITTEES
The board should use committees where this
will enhance its effectiveness in key areas,
while still retaining board responsibility.
As at 30 June 2024, Heartland had three
permanently constituted Board Committees:
the Audit & Risk Committee, the Sustainability
Committee, and the Corporate Governance,
People, Remuneration and Nominations
Committee.¹³ During FY2024, each of these
Committees worked with Management in its
specific area of responsibility and reported its
findings and recommendations to the Board.
Management attended committee meetings
as required at the invitation of the relevant
Committee.
Each of these committees has a charter
which sets out the committee’s objectives,
membership, procedures and responsibilities.
A Committee does not take action or make
decisions on behalf of the Board unless it is
specifically mandated to do so. The charter
of each of the Audit & Risk Committee and
the Sustainability Committee is available
on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info.
On 1 July 2024, the Heartland Corporate
Governance, People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee was disestablished.
See the commentary on Recommendations
3.3 and 3.4 below for further information.
Audit & Risk Committee –
Recommendations 3.1 and 3.2
Membership is restricted to non-executive
directors, with at least three members, the
majority of whom must be independent.
The Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
must be an independent director who is
not the Chair of the Board. The Audit & Risk
Committee operates under a written charter
and Management and employees only attend
meetings at the invitation of the Committee.
E F Comerford chaired the Audit & Risk
Committee for the majority of the reporting
period up until her resignation from the Board
on 26 June 2024, when E J Harvey assumed
the role of Chair, having been appointed to the
Committee on 30 April 2024 at the same time
as his appointment to the Heartland Board.
As at 30 June 2024, the members of the
Audit & Risk Committee were E J Harvey
(Chair), K Mitchell and G R Tomlinson. The
role of the Audit & Risk Committee is to
advise and provide assurance to the Board
in order to enable the Board to discharge its
responsibilities in relation to the oversight of:
• the integrity of financial control, financial
management and external financial
reporting
• the internal audit function
• the independent audit process
• the formulation of its risk appetite.
The Audit & Risk Committee also provides the
Board with assurance that all risks within the
key risk categories which are relevant to the
Group have been appropriately identified,
managed and reported to the Board.
The Audit & Risk Committee works as needed
with the Audit Committee and the Risk
Committee of each of Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia, which have similar
responsibilities in relation to Heartland Bank
and Heartland Bank Australia, respectively.
Their meetings are held separately with only
the respective Chairs attending the other
meetings.¹⁴
The biographies of the Committee members
are available on Heartland’s shareholder
website, heartlandgroup.info. As at 30
June 2024, the Board determined that all
Committee members had a recognised form
of financial expertise in accordance with the
Audit & Risk Committee’s charter.
Corporate Governance, People,
Remuneration and Nominations
Committee – Recommendations 3.3
and 3.4
During FY2024, a Corporate Governance,
People, Remuneration and Nominations
Committee assisted the Board with:
• corporate governance matters
• people strategy, including organisation
structure, performance, succession
planning, development, culture, diversity
and remuneration strategy and policies
and any other strategic people initiatives
• remuneration of the directors, CEO and
senior executives
• monitoring the performance of the CEO
including setting and review of annual KPIs
• director and senior executive
appointments, Board composition and
succession planning.
The Committee operated under a written
charter and Management only attended
committee meetings at the invitation of the
Committee. Recommendations 3.3 and 3.4
of the NZX Code recommend that at least a
majority of the Committee members should
be independent directors.
As at 30 June 2024, the members of
the Corporate Governance, People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
were G R Tomlinson (Chair), a non-
independent, non-executive director of
Heartland,¹⁵ B R Irvine, the independent Chair
of Heartland Bank and an independent, non-
executive director of Heartland Bank Australia
and K Mitchell, an independent non-executive
director of Heartland and a non-independent,
non-executive director of Heartland Bank.
K Mitchell was appointed to the Committee
on 30 April 2024. Accordingly, Heartland did
not strictly comply with Recommendations
3.3 and 3.4 of the NZX Code for the entire
reporting period as the majority of the
Committee members were not independent
directors until 30 April 2024. However, the
Board was comfortable with the composition
of the Committee for the same reasons as
outlined in the FY2023 Annual Report.
On 1 July 2024, the Heartland Corporate
Governance, People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee was disestablished,
and the full Heartland Board assumed certain
corporate governance, people, remuneration
and nomination functions which had
previously been carried out by the Committee
(and are now being carried out by the new
Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia
Committees described below). The Heartland
Bank Board established a People & Culture
and Remuneration Committee on 30 April
2024 and the Heartland Bank Australia Board
established a People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee on 1 July 2024.
In disestablishing the Heartland Corporate
Governance, People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee, the Heartland Board
considered the following:
• the new Group structure following
Heartland Bank’s acquisition of Challenger
Bank (now Heartland Bank Australia) (as
most staff are now employed by Heartland
Bank or Heartland Bank Australia)
• the establishment of the Heartland Bank
and Heartland Bank Australia Committees
described above, which each have broad
remits in relation to people, remuneration
and nomination matters relating to
Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank
Australia (as applicable)
• the full Heartland Board taking on the
14 The Heartland Audit & Risk Committee, Heartland Bank Audit Committee and Heartland Bank Risk Committee commenced holding separate
meetings from November 2023.
15 G R Tomlinson is not considered to be an independent Chair of Heartland for the reasons set out on page 54 of the Annual Report.
57
DISCLOSURES
56
remaining functions of the Heartland
Corporate Governance, People,
Remuneration and Nominations
Committee, including oversight of
remuneration for the Heartland Board and
those staff not employed by Heartland
Bank or Heartland Bank Australia, and the
nomination of directors to the Heartland
Board.
Other Committees –
Recommendations 3.5
In addition to the Audit & Risk Committee, the
Heartland Board established a Sustainability
Committee on 9 November 2023 to oversee
Heartland’s Sustainability strategy and
implementation plans.
The Sustainability Committee operates
under a written charter which is available
on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info. The purpose of
the Committee is to advise and provide
assurance to the Board in order to enable
the Board to discharge its responsibilities in
relation to:
• setting and reviewing progress against
Heartland’s sustainability strategy
(covering environmental, social and
economic wellbeing factors)
• Heartland’s annual sustainability
disclosures
• the oversight of Heartland’s
implementation of the climate-related
risks (and opportunities) disclosure regime
• advocacy for sustainability issues,
including consideration of whether the
appropriate skills and competencies exist
across Heartland.
Under the charter, the Committee must
be made up of at least one non-executive
director of Heartland. The majority of the
Committee must be independent directors.
The Committee may include non-executive
directors of Heartland’s subsidiaries. As at 30
June 2024, the members of the Committee
are K Mitchell, S Tyler and G E Summerhayes.
The proceedings of the Committee are
regularly reported back to the Board.
As at 30 June 2024, Heartland Bank
and Heartland Bank Australia also have
separately constituted Audit Committees,
Risk Committees, and a People & Culture
and Remuneration Committee in the case of
Heartland Bank and a People, Remuneration
and Nomination Committee in the case of
Heartland Bank Australia. The Committees
each operate under charters and are tasked
with working with Management and reporting
their findings and recommendations to the
relevant Board.
The Board is comfortable that no other
standing committees are necessary at this
stage, however other ad hoc committees are
established for specific purposes from time
to time.
Takeovers Response Manual –
Recommendation 3.6
The Board has documented and adopted
a Takeover Response Manual document,
which is designed to give the Board and
Management clear direction on the steps
that need to be taken following receipt of a
takeover offer.
The document, amongst other things,
includes an “independent director”
protocol for directors who are involved in
or associated with the bidder, talks to the
scope of independent advisory reports
to shareholders, and prompts the Board
to consider the option of establishing an
independent Takeover Committee following
receipt of a takeover offer.
PRINCIPLE 4 – REPORTING AND
DISCLOSURES
The board should demand integrity in
financial and non-financial reporting, and
in the timeliness and balance of corporate
disclosures.
Heartland appreciates that its investors
and other stakeholders value both financial
and non-financial reporting, and Heartland
seeks to ensure that its investors have
timely access to full and accurate material
information about Heartland which is factual
and balanced.
Continuous Disclosure Policy –
Recommendation 4.1
Heartland’s Disclosure Policy sets out
procedures that are in place to make
sure all material information is identified
and disclosed in a timely manner, and to
prevent the selective disclosure of material
non-public information. Under the Policy,
potentially ‘material information’ is required to
be brought to the attention of the Heartland
General Counsel who is responsible for
making a recommendation to the ‘Decision
Makers’ being:
• the CEO of Heartland, and/or
• the CEO of Heartland Bank and at least one
independent director of Heartland and/or
Heartland Bank, and/or
• the full Board of Heartland and/or
Heartland Bank (as applicable).
The Decision Makers are ultimately
responsible for determining whether
information is material, and approving the
form and content of material information
that is disclosed. Heartland also monitors
information in the market about itself and will
release information to the extent necessary
to prevent the development of a false market
for the Group’s quoted financial products.
Availability of key documents –
Recommendation 4.2
Heartland’s Codes of Conduct, Board
and Committee Charters and the policies
recommended in the NZX Code, including
the Disclosure Policy, the Insider Trading
Policy, the Diversity and Inclusion Policy
and the Remuneration Policy, are available
on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info. Heartland also
maintains copies of its stock exchange
announcements, and half-year and full-year
reports, investor presentations and details of
Annual Meetings, on its shareholder website.
Financial reporting disclosure –
Recommendation 4.3
The Audit & Risk Committee oversees the
quality and timeliness of all external financial
reports, including all disclosure documents
issued by Heartland.
The Audit & Risk Committee, working closely
with the Heartland Bank and Heartland
Bank Australia Audit Committees, oversees
the preparation of Heartland’s financial
statements and setting policy to ensure the
information presented is useful for investors
and other stakeholders. Heartland makes its
financial statements easy to read by using
clear, plain and objective language, and
structuring them so that key information is
prominent. In addition to the full-year audit,
Heartland’s external auditor completes a
review of the interim financial statements.
Heartland’s CEO and Chief Financial Officer
were also required to certify to the Audit &
Risk Committee that the financial statements
of the Group presented a true and fair view
of Heartland and complied with all relevant
accounting standards.
Non-financial reporting disclosure –
Recommendation 4.4
Heartland’s non-financial reporting
includes comprehensive commentary on
environmental, social sustainability and
governance matters, including Heartland’s
non-financial targets, and those disclosures
are made at least annually.
This is the sixth year that Heartland has
reported against a Sustainability Framework
in order to provide more detailed information
on the value created for Heartland’s
stakeholders. Refer to ‘
Sustainability’ on
page 32 of this Annual Report for detailed
information on Heartland’s environmental,
social and economic impact across New
Zealand and Australia.
This is also the first year that Heartland has
published its climate-related disclosures
(refer to Heartland’s Climate Report available
at heartlandgroup.info/sustainability), in
accordance with the requirements of the
Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards.
The Board continually evaluates what non-
financial matters are a focus of the Group and
the roles of executives are refined to ensure
that such matters have appropriate oversight.
This process ensures that Heartland’s
non-financial reporting is accurate and
discloses a valuable amount of information
to shareholders. In recognition of the need
to dedicate specific expertise to Heartland’s
sustainability initiatives, Heartland’s
Sustainability Committee (being a Board
59
DISCLOSURES
58
Committee) was established with effect from
9 November 2023.
PRINCIPLE 5 – REMUNERATION
Heartland’s remuneration report can be
found on page 66 of this Annual Report.
PRINCIPLE 6 – RISK
MANAGEMENT
Directors should have a sound understanding
of the material risks faced by the issuer
and how to manage them. The Board
should regularly verify that the issuer has
appropriate processes that identify and
manage potential and material risks.
Risk management – Recommendation 6.1
The Board ensures that Heartland has a
Risk Management Framework in place which
identifies, manages and communicates
the key risks that may impact Heartland’s
business. Specific risk management
strategies have been developed for each of
the key risks identified. The Board Audit & Risk
Committee oversees the Risk Management
Framework and strategy. The Board and the
Board Audit & Risk Committee receive and
review regular reports on risk management.
Specific risks identified by the Board are
set out in the notes to Heartland’s financial
statements for the year ended 30 June 2024
included in this Annual Report.
Current key risks for Heartland include
strategic execution risk following the
acquisition of Challenger Bank (now
Heartland Bank Australia), credit risk across
both New Zealand and Australia, reflecting
the current challenging economic conditions,
and operational risk (including cyber risk)
given the Group’s reliance on digital platforms
and the evolving threat environment.
Risks are monitored and managed by the
Management teams and Boards of the
respective Group entities.
Heartland and Heartland Bank have
developed an Oversight Framework, which
was adopted by their respective Boards
from completion of the Challenger Bank
acquisition on 30 April 2024, and sets out the
overarching framework for, and approach
to, oversight activities in the Group. This
includes (amongst other things) governance
expectations in respect of risk, reflecting
that each Group entity has its own risk
appetite and measures, but parent entities
will set consolidated group risk appetite and
measures (as applicable), which necessitates
overall alignment of subsidiaries’ risk
appetites, measures and common risk
classification where possible.
Heartland also has in place insurance cover
for insurable liability and general business
risk.
Health and safety – Recommendation 6.2
Heartland promotes a working environment
where it engages with all its people, so that
together they can maintain a workplace that
is mentally and physically safe and healthy,
and to promote a positive health and safety
culture. Heartland engages with its people to
identify, assess, control and review risk, with
a focus on continuous improvement of health
a n d s af e t y.
All Group employees are required to read
and attest to the relevant policy, noting
separate policies are now maintained for
New Zealand (Wellbeing, Health and Safety
Policy) and Australia (Workplace Health
and Safety Policy) effective 1 May 2024.
Maintaining separate policies allows for the
legislative variances between jurisdictions
and Australia having both State and Federal
workplace health and safety requirements.
Induction includes instruction on the relevant
policy and procedures, and employees
are required to attest to their reading and
understanding of the relevant policy on an
annual basis – this has been completed for
the year ended 30 June 2024. The Wellbeing,
Health & Safety Committee, representing all
employees, convenes quarterly to discuss
and review reported incidents, accidents and
near misses, initiatives and tabled reports.
Incidents, accidents and near misses are
registered in our Risk Management System
(RMS). A Health & Safety Report that includes
RMS data, number of employee insurance
claims, number of employees accessing
counselling, and summaries of initiatives is
provided to the Executive Risk Committee
and to all Boards.
In FY2024, there were no notifiable events
to report to WorkSafe New Zealand, and
there have been no claims to the Australian
Workers Compensation Insurance.
PRINCIPLE 7 – AUDITORS
External auditor relationship framework
and independence – Recommendation 7.1
The board should ensure the quality and
independence of the external audit process.
The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible
for overseeing the external, independent
audit of Heartland’s financial statements.
This encompasses processes for sustaining
communication with Heartland’s external
auditors, ensuring that the ability of the
external auditors to carry out their statutory
audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably
be perceived to be impaired, to address
what other services may be provided by the
external auditors to Heartland, and to provide
for the monitoring and approval of any such
services.
Heartland’s External Auditor Independence
Policy was updated in November 2023 to
ensure it remains current. The Policy provides
guidelines to ensure that non-audit related
services do not conflict with the independent
role of the external auditor, and the Audit &
Risk Committee ensures that non-audit work
undertaken by the auditors is in accordance
with that Policy. The Policy also sets out
guidelines in relation to the tenure and
re-appointment of the external auditor,
which the Audit & Risk Committee ensures
are complied with. Refer to Heartland’s
shareholder website, heartlandgroup.
info, for a copy of the External Auditor
Independence Policy.
The external auditor monitors its
independence and reports to the Audit &
Risk Committee bi-annually to confirm that
it has remained independent in the previous
six months, in accordance with Heartland’s
External Auditor Independence Policy and the
external auditor’s policies and professional
requirements. There have been no threats
to auditor independence identified during
FY2024.
During FY2024, PwC continued its
appointment as Heartland and Heartland
Bank ’s external auditor, with EY providing
external audit services to Heartland Bank
Australia.
Auditor AGM attendance –
Recommendation 7.2
Heartland’s external auditor attends its
Annual Meeting to answer questions from
shareholders in relation to the audit.
Internal Audit – Recommendation 7.3
Heartland also has internal audit functions
which are independent of the external
auditors. The internal audit teams are
responsible for independent reviews of the
risk control framework and compliance with
policies. The Audit & Risk Committee and the
Audit Committees of Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia approve the annual
internal audit programmes (as applicable),
which are developed in consultation with
Management.
The internal audit function for New Zealand is
maintained within Heartland Bank and made
available to Heartland as a Group services
function. Heartland Bank Australia has its
own internal audit function. The internal audit
functions and other assurance roles have
unfettered access to the Group Boards as
required.
PRINCIPLE 8 – SHAREHOLDER
RIGHTS AND RELATIONS
The board should respect the rights of
shareholders and foster constructive
relationships with shareholders that
encourage them to engage with the issuer.
Shareholder information and
communication – Recommendations 8.1
and 8.2
The Board is committed to maintaining a full
and open dialogue with all shareholders,
as outlined in the Disclosure Policy which is
available on Heartland’s shareholder website,
heartlandgroup.info. Heartland keeps
shareholders informed through:
• periodic and continuous disclosure to NZX
and ASX
61
DISCLOSURES
60
• information provided to analysts and media
during briefings
• Heartland’s shareholder website
(heartlandgroup.info) where shareholders
can access financial, operational and key
corporate governance information
• the Annual Meeting, at which shareholders’
have the opportunity to ask questions
• annual reports.
To ensure a high level of accountability,
the Board encourages full participation of
shareholders at the Annual Meeting and
designs the meeting to best achieve this
outcome. This includes holding a hybrid
meeting where shareholders can attend a
physical event or join virtually online. Attendees
are also able to submit questions in advance
of the Annual Meeting and those attending in
person can raise them directly. When Heartland
publishes its Notice of Annual Meeting, it also
publishes an Online Guide which explains how
to join and navigate the virtual elements of the
meeting. At the conclusion of the live event, a
recording of the Annual Meeting is published on
Heartland’s website.
Heartland’s shareholder website includes
a ’
Contact Us’ page that provides contact
details for Heartland’s share registrar and
shareholder enquiries and Heartland provides
the option to receive communications from
Heartland electronically.
Major decisions – Recommendation 8.3
Where shareholders are required to vote on
a matter concerning Heartland, the Board
encourages shareholders to attend the
Annual Meeting or to cast a postal vote or
appoint a proxy. All voting at Heartland’s
Annual Meeting is conducted by way of poll
on the basis of one share, one vote.
Raising additional equity –
Recommendation 8.4
On 8 April 2024, Heartland announced a
$210 million equity raise, comprising a $105
million underwritten institutional placement
(Placement) and a $105 million underwritten
1 for 6.85 accelerated non-renounceable
entitlement offer (ANREO or Entitlement
Offer).
The Placement and institutional component
of the Entitlement Offer closed on 9
April 2024 and raised gross proceeds of
approximately $131 million with strong support
from Heartland’s existing institutional
shareholders and new institutional investors.
The retail component of the Entitlement Offer
completed on 24 April 2024 and raised gross
proceeds of approximately $79 million with 81%
take up.
Under Recommendation 8.4, it is
recommended that issuers seeking
additional equity capital should first offer
further equity securities to existing holders
of the same class on a pro rata basis and on
no less favourable terms before extending
the offer to other investors.
While the Entitlement Offer was a pro rata
structure, Heartland only partially complied
with Recommendation 8.4, as the Placement
was a non-pro rata structure.
As outlined in the Offer Document at the time
of the capital raise, the Board determined
that a Placement and ANREO structure was in
the best interests of Heartland, after carefully
considering alternative capital raising
structures, and weighing the benefits of this
capital raising structure against the expected
impact on non-participating shareholders.
The benefits that Heartland obtained through
a structure combining a Placement and
ANREO that were assessed as desirable were:
• Certainty – Heartland required certainty
that sufficient funds would be raised
under the capital raise to complete the
acquisition of Challenger Bank (since
rebranded to Heartland Bank Australia)
and to support the expected regulatory
capital requirements of Heartland Bank
Australia and Heartland Bank. The ANREO
structure provided for better sub-
underwriting support than a pro rata offer
and enabled the capital raise to be fully
underwritten with the exception of the
pre-commitments by Harrogate Trustee
Limited.
• Pricing – using a Placement and ANREO
structure allowed Heartland to price the
capital raise at a smaller discount than
would be the case for a renounceable
pro rata capital raising structure. This
minimised the dilutionary impact on
non-participating shareholders and
provided more certainty to those existing
shareholders who subscribed for
additional shares at a fixed price.
• Timing – the accelerated nature of the
Placement and ANREO structure enabled
completion of the capital raise on a
faster timetable than certain alternative
structures. This enabled Heartland to
receive the proceeds of the capital raise
more quickly, which in turn allowed for the
acquisition of Challenger Bank to complete
sooner.
Heartland elected to undertake the
Placement partly for timing reasons, as it
is the preferred method in circumstances
where capital is required quickly, and to
further its objective of diversify its share
register to promote increased liquidity on
both the NZX and ASX.
In conducting the Placement, Heartland
endeavoured to treat existing shareholders
fairly through how it conducted the
Placement. The allocation policy was set
such that Heartland, to the extent possible,
provided pro rata allocations to existing
shareholders that bid into the Placement.
Additionally, under the ANREO, eligible retail
shareholders were able to “over subscribe”
and offset any dilution resulting from the
Placement. All eligible retail shareholders
who took up their entitlements in full and
applied for additional shares in excess of their
entitlements received all of the additional
shares for which they applied.
At the time of the capital raise, Heartland
obtained independent expert investment
banking advice from Jarden. That advice
presented a consistent view with the
explanation provided above, supporting the
rationale for selecting the Placement and
ANREO structure and affirming that it was in
the best interests of Heartland.
Publication of notice of meeting –
Recommendation 8.5
Heartland’s 2023 notice of meeting was
available at least 20 working days prior to its
Annual Meeting at heartlandgroup.info.
NGĀ WHĀKITANGA A TE TOIHAU
DIRECTORS’ DISCLOSURES
DIRECTORS
The following persons were directors of the Group during FY2024.
CompanyDirectorsStatus
Heartland Group Holdings
Limited
Gregory Raymond Tomlinson
Ellen Frances Comerford
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Kathryn Mitchell
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Edward John Harvey
Robert Alan Bell
Simon Beckett
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director (Chair)
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(ceased directorship 26 June 2024)
Non-independent, Executive Director¹
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(ceased directorship 30 April 2024)²
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 30 April 2024)
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 27 June 2024)
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 27 June 2024)
1 J K Greenslade retired from all Group directorships on 30 September 2024.
2 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.
63
3 E J Harvey’s independence on the Heartland Bank Board changed following his appointment to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024,
from which date he became a non-independent, non-executive director on the Heartland Bank Board.
4 L T McGrath was an independent, non-executive director on the Challenger Bank Limited Board prior to the completion of its acquisition
by Heartland Bank on 30 April 2024.
5 Heartland Australia Investments Holdings Pty Limited was incorporated on 1 May 2024.
DISCLOSURES
62
CompanyDirectorsStatus
Heartland Bank LimitedBruce Robertson Irvine
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Edward John Harvey
Shelley Maree Ruha
Kathryn Mitchell
Simon Ross Tyler
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(Chair)
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director¹
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director³
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Heartland Bank Australia LimitedGeoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Bruce Robertson Irvine
Shane Michael Buggle
Leanne Gloria Lazarus
Lyn Therese McGrath⁴
Vivienne Zhaohui Yu
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(Chair) (appointed 30 April 2024)
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director (appointed 30 April 2024)¹
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 30 April 2024)
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 30 April 2024)
Non-Independent, Non-Executive
Director (appointed 30 April 2024)
Independent, Non-Executive Director
Independent, Non-Executive Director
(appointed 30 April 2024)
ASF Custodians Pty LimitedRichard Glenn Udovenya
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Australian Seniors Finance Pty
Limited
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty
Ltd
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Heartland Australia Group Pty LtdJeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Heartland Australia Investments
Holdings Pty Limited⁵
Christopher Patrick Francis FloodAppointed 1 May 2024
Heartland NZ Trustee Limited Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Heartland PIE Fund LimitedBruce Robertson Irvine
Leanne Lazarus
MARAC Insurance LimitedAndrew James Aitken
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Christopher Robert Mace
VPS Properties LimitedChristopher Patrick Francis Flood
Fuelled Limited Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Andrew Peter Dixson
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
CompanyDirectors
Status
StockCo Holdings Pty LimitedJeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Andrew Peter Dixson
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
StockCo AgriCapital Pty Ltd Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Andrew Peter Dixson
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
StockCo Feedlot Holdings Pty
Limited
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
StockCo Feedlot Capital Pty
Limited
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
StockCo Australia Management
Pty Ltd
Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Douglas Robert Snell
Andrew Peter Dixson
Christopher Patrick Francis Flood
Ceased directorship 24 June 2024
Appointed 12 April 2024
When determining whether a director of Heartland is independent, the factors described in
the NZX Code as possibly impacting a director’s independence were considered and it was
determined that none of those factors applied to the directors noted above as independent in
such a way that those factors might interfere, or might reasonably be seen to interfere, with the
director’s capacity to bring an independent judgment to bear on issues before the Board, to act
in the best interests of Heartland and to represent the interests of its shareholders generally.
INTERESTS REGISTER
The following are the entries in the Interests Register of the Group made during FY2024.
Indemnification and insurance of directors
Heartland has given indemnities to, and has effected insurance for, directors of the Group to
indemnify and insure them in respect of any liability for, or costs incurred in relation to, any act
or omission in their capacity as directors, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act 1993.
The cost of the directors and officers’ liability insurance premiums to the Group for FY2024 was
$491,426 (excluding GST and admin charges).
Share dealings by directors
Details of individual directors’ share dealings as entered in the Interests Register of Heartland
and Heartland Bank under Section 148(2) of the Companies Act 1993 during FY2024 are as follows
(all dealings are in ordinary shares unless otherwise specified):
J K Greenslade
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under retail component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition350,440$350,440
22 April 2024Off market disposal of sharesDisposal100,000Nil
65
DISCLOSURES
64
E J Harvey
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under retail component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition25,289$25,289
20 March 2024Allotment under DRPAcquisition4,927$6,264.54
20 September 2023Allotment under DRPAcquisition5,393$9,095.46
B R Irvine
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial
interest in shares under retail
component of Heartland’s $105
million accelerated non renounceable
entitlement offer
Acquisition48,634$48,634
26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under retail component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition155,570$155,570
K Mitchell
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial
interest in shares under retail
component of Heartland’s $105
million accelerated non renounceable
entitlement offer
Acquisition16,058$16,058
26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under retail component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition15,500.29$15,500.29
S M Ruha
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
26 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under retail component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition41,464$41,464
G E Summerhayes
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
1 May 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial
interest in shares
Acquisition30,000$32,032
26 April 2024Acquisition of legal and beneficial
interest in shares under retail
component of Heartland’s $105
million accelerated non renounceable
entitlement offer
Acquisition5,838$5,838
6 No amendments were noted before G E Summerhayes ceased being a director on 30 April 2024.
7 One amendment was noted before E F Comerford ceased being a director on 26 June 2024.
G R Tomlinson
Date of acquisition/
disposal
Nature of transaction
and relevant interest
Acquisition /
disposal
No. of sharesConsideration
15 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under institutional component of
Heartland’s $105 million accelerated non
renounceable entitlement offer
Acquisition10,122,034$10,122,034
15 April 2024Acquisition of beneficial interest in
shares under Heartland’s $105 million
placement
Acquisition3,877,966$3,877,966
GENERAL NOTICE OF DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS
IN THE INTERESTS REGISTER
Details of any changes to Heartland and Heartland Bank directors’ general disclosures entered
in the relevant interests register under Section 140 of the Companies Act 1993 FY2024 are as
follows:
Heartland
G R TomlinsonDirector of Indevin Group Investments Limited and Indevin Group Holdings Limited
disclosed 23 November 2023; ceased directorship of Villa Maria Estate Limited
disclosed 19 October 2023.
J K GreensladeNo amendments for the year ended FY2024.
K MitchellTrustee of Montefiano Trust and director of PurePods Limited disclosed 30 January
2024; ceased directorship of Farmright Limited disclosed 7 November 2023; ceased
directorship of Firsttrax Limited and Helping Hands Holdings Limited disclosed 30
January 2024.
E J HarveyDirector of Napier Port Holdings Limited, Pomare Investments Limited and Port of
Napier Limited disclosed 30 April 2024.
S BeckettDirector of ORDE Holdings Pty Ltd, ORDE Financial Pty Ltd, ORDE Capital
Management Limited, ORDE Mortgage Custodian Pty Ltd, GeoSnapShot Pty Ltd,
First Avenue Ventures Pty Ltd and First Avenue Capital Pty Ltd disclosed 27 June
2024.
R A BellDirector of Liveheats Pty. Ltd, 86 Elwood Pty Ltd, Home Finance Company PTE
Limited and HFC Bank disclosed 27 June 2024.
G E Summerhayes⁶No amendments for FY2024.
E F Comerford⁷Director of NTI Limited disclosed 28 February 2024.
Heartland Bank
B R IrvineNo amendments for FY2024.
J K GreensladeNo amendments for FY2024.
E J HarveyNo amendments for FY2024.
K MitchellTrustee of Montefiano Trust and director of PurePods Limited disclosed 30 January
2024; ceased directorship of Farmright Limited disclosed 7 November 2023; ceased
directorship of Firsttrax Limited and Helping Hands Holdings Limited disclosed 30
January 2024.
S M RuhaDirector of Allied Famers Rural Limited disclosed 9 August 2024; ceased directorship
of SmartPay Limited disclosed 27 August 2024.
S Ty l e rDirector of NZ Bio Forestry Limited, Palliser Estate Wines of Marlborough Limited,
IHC, Omega Imports Limited, Nutrition for Health Limited and Global Horticulture
Limited disclosed on 30 January 2024; trustee of University of Otago Foundation
Trust and Fale Malae Trust disclosed on 30 January 2024.
67
8 The non-beneficial interest in the 6,504,266 shares arises from those directors being a trustee of the Heartland Trust, which held 6,504,266
shares in Heartland as at 30 June 2024.
DISCLOSURES
66
TE PŪRONGO MŌ NGĀ MONIWHIWHI
REMUNERATION REPORT
This remuneration report describes
Heartland’s remuneration arrangements
for FY2024 and has been prepared on the
basis of NZX’s Remuneration Reporting
Template published December 2023.
REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE
Remuneration Governance Framework
Heartland’s remuneration strategy is
designed to create a high-performance
culture which attracts and retains quality
candidates by incentivising and rewarding
exceptional performance.
Heartland has a Remuneration Policy
which explains its remuneration strategy
and approach to setting remuneration for
directors of Heartland. The key principles are
that Heartland’s Remuneration Policy:
• supports the attraction, retention and
engagement of quality, diverse candidates
• does not discriminate on the basis of
gender, ethnicity, sexuality or any other
individual factor
• should further Heartland’s aspiration to
achieve pay equity across the organisation
• rewards for high performance
Details of Heartland and Heartland Bank directors’ general disclosures entered in the relevant
interest register under Section 140 of the Companies Act 1993 prior to 1 July 2023 can be found in
earlier Annual Reports.
SPECIFIC DISCLOSURES OF INTEREST IN THE INTERESTS REGISTER
There were no specific disclosures of interests in transactions entered into by the Group
(including Heartland Bank) during FY2024.
INFORMATION USED BY DIRECTORS
No director of the Group disclosed use of information received in his or her capacity as a director
that would not otherwise be available to that director.
HEARTLAND, HEARTLAND BANK AND HEARTLAND BANK AUSTRALIA'S
DIRECTORS’ RELEVANT INTERESTS
As at 30 June 2024.
DirectorNumber of ordinary
shares – beneficial
Number of ordinary
shares – non-beneficial⁸
Number of options
J K Greenslade2,650,954NilNil
E J Harvey198,5196,504,266Nil
B R Irvine903,6066,504,266Nil
K Mitchell139,646NilNil
S M Ruha200,000NilNil
G R Tomlinson83,335,936NilNil
G E Summerhayes55,838NilNil
• has the flexibility to cater for Heartland’s
operational differences
• recognises the link between company
performance and remuneration, and the
importance of creation of shareholder
value
• is understood by employees.
The full Remuneration Policy is available
on Heartland’s shareholder website at
heartlandgroup.info.
Heartland’s Board is kept up to date with
relevant market information and best
practice, obtaining advice from external
advisers when necessary.
Heartland’s Remuneration Committees
During FY2024, a Corporate Governance,
People, Remuneration and Nominations
Committee assisted the Board with:
• corporate governance matters
• people strategy, including organisation
structure, performance, succession
planning, development, culture, diversity
and remuneration strategy and policies
and any other strategic people initiatives
• remuneration of the directors, CEO and
senior executives
• monitoring the performance of the CEO,
including setting and review of annual KPIs
• director and senior executive
appointments, Board composition and
succession planning.
The Committee operated under a written
charter and Management only attended
committee meetings at the invitation
of the Committee. On 1 July 2024, the
Heartland Corporate Governance, People,
Remuneration and Nominations Committee
was disestablished, and the full Heartland
Board assumed certain corporate
governance, people, remuneration and
nomination functions which had previously
been carried out by the Committee (and
are now being carried out by the new
Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia
Committees described below). The Heartland
Bank Board established a People & Culture
and Remuneration Committee on 30 April
2024 and the Heartland Bank Australia Board
established a People, Remuneration and
Nominations Committee on 1 July 2024. These
committees assist their respective boards
with a range of matters, including:
• people strategy, including organisation
structure, performance, succession
planning, development, culture, diversity
and remuneration strategy and policies
and any other strategic people initiatives
• remuneration of the CEO and senior
executives
• monitoring the performance of the CEO
including setting and review of annual KPIs
• director and senior executive
appointments, Board composition and
succession planning.
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
POLICY
Heartland’s Remuneration Policy, as described
above, also applies to Heartland’s executives,
along with other employees.
The performance of executives is assessed
with reference to Group risk management
policies and frameworks. Executive
remuneration levels are also reviewed annually
for market competitiveness and alignment
with strategic and performance priorities.
The objective is to provide competitive
remuneration that aligns executives’
remuneration with shareholder value and
rewards the executives’ achievement of the
Group’s strategies and business plans.
All senior executives receive a base salary and
are also eligible to participate, in some cases,
in short-term and long-term incentive plans
under which participants are rewarded for their
achievement of key performance and operating
results on a qualitative and a quantitative basis.
Short term incentives (STIs) are effectively
bonus payments that are at the discretion of
the relevant Board. STIs may be paid at the end
of a financial year to recognise individuals who
have exceeded performance and behavioural
or leadership expectations during that
financial year.
Certain executives and senior employees
may be eligible for long-term incentives (LTIs)
to align their interests with shareholders'
long-term goals. Heartland operates a LTI
plan under which selected executives of
69
DISCLOSURES
68
the Group are issued performance share
rights. The performance share rights
convert to ordinary shares in Heartland
for nil consideration, subject to certain
vesting conditions being met in relation to
financial performance, strategic initiatives
and adherence to compliance and conduct
expectations (amongst other things). The LTI
plan entitlements eligible for vesting in FY2024
have not vested due to the vesting conditions
not being met and the LTI plan entitlements
eligible for vesting in FY2025 to the CEO and
Deputy Group CEO have been forfeited.
There is one grant remaining under the
current LTI plan that will be eligible for vesting
in FY2025 (FY2025 Grant). The current
expectation is that the FY2025 Grant will
not vest and accordingly further details in
respect of the current LTI plan have not been
included in this report. Heartland is currently
designing a new LTI plan which certain senior
employees will be invited to participate in
during FY2025.
CEO REMUNERATION
ARRANGEMENTS & OUTCOMES
The remuneration for Heartland’s CEO
includes a fixed remuneration component
and a variable remuneration component
comprising STIs and LTIs.
CEO REMUNERATION
ARRANGEMENTS
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration consists of a package
of base salary and standard employment-
associated benefits. Heartland utilises
external benchmarking in determining the
CEO’s remuneration.
Variable remuneration
STI scheme
The CEO is entitled to receive STIs which are
cash payments, determined by the Board,
and paid at the end of a financial year for
achieving performance expectations in the
relevant financial year in relation to certain
qualitative and quantitative criteria relating
to financial performance, strategic initiatives
and adherence to compliance and conduct
CEO REMUNERATION (FY2024 AND FY2023)
YearFixed remunerationSTILT ITotal
Base
salary
Other
benefits
EarnedAmount
earned
as a % of
maximum
Award
Total
cash-based
remuneration
earned
Earned% of
maximum
awarded for
the relevant
performance
period
(Fixed rem +
STI earned +
LTI vested)
FY2024$1,089,200$10,800-0% $1,100,000-N/A$1,100,000
FY2023$1,089,200$10,800$990,00090%$2,090,000-N/A$2,090,000
CEO remuneration as a multiple of employee remuneration
The CEO’s salary as a multiple of the employee average is 9.5 times (FY2023: 10.41 times), and his
total remuneration as a multiple of the employee average is 9.5 times (FY2023: 19.22 times).
RemunerationNumber of employees
$100,000 - $109,99921
$110,000 - $119,99928
$120,000 - $129,99919
$130,000 - $139,99926
$140,000 - $149,99930
$150,000 - $159,99918
$160,000 - $169,9998
$170,000 - $179,9997
$180,000 - $189,99914
$190,000 - $199,9992
$200,000 - $209,9994
$220,000 - $229,9993
$230,000 - $239,9995
$240,000 - $249,9992
$250,000 - $259,9994
$260,000 - $269,9993
$270,000 - $279,9991
$280,000 - $289,9993
$300,000 - $309,9991
$310,000 - $319,9994
$320,000 - $329,9991
$340,000 - $349,9992
$350,000 - $359,9992
$400,000 - $409,9991
$440,000 - $449,9991
$460,000 - $469,9991
$470,000 - $479,9991
$520,000 - $529,9991
$550,000 - $559,9991
$680,000 - $689,9991
Grand total215
REMUNERATION BANDS
The number of Heartland employees (including former employees and excluding directors, which
includes the Heartland CEO) who received remuneration (including non-cash benefits) in excess
of $100,000 during FY2024 is detailed in the remuneration bands below.
expectations. Ultimately, STI payments
are entirely discretionary, and entitlement
is not guaranteed even if performance
expectations have been met or exceeded.
LTI scheme
As noted above, Heartland operates a
LTI plan under which the CEO was issued
performance share rights, which were
eligible to be converted to ordinary shares
in Heartland for nil consideration, subject
to certain vesting conditions being met in
relation to financial performance, strategic
initiatives and adherence to compliance
and conduct expectations (amongst other
things). The CEO did not receive a grant of
performance share rights in FY2024, the
LTI plan entitlements eligible for vesting in
FY2024 to the CEO have not vested due to
the vesting conditions not being met and the
LTI plan entitlements eligible for vesting in
FY2025 to the CEO have been forfeited.
CEO REMUNERATION
OUTCOMES
Fixed remuneration
The fixed remuneration paid to the CEO
(including any employment-associated
benefits) in FY2024 was $1,100,000.
Variable remuneration
The Board determined that no STI award in
respect of FY2024 had been earned, that
the performance share rights issued to the
CEO and eligible for vesting in FY2024 have
not vested due to the vesting conditions
not being met and that performance share
rights issued to the CEO and eligible for
vesting in FY2025 have been forfeited. As
such, no variable component of the CEO’s
remuneration was earned during FY2024.
As disclosed in the FY2023 Annual Report,
the CEO earned an STI award of $990,000 in
FY2023 which was paid during FY2024.
Following the non-vesting and forfeit of the
performance share rights eligible for vesting
in FY2024 and FY2025, the CEO does not hold
any performance share rights and has no
remaining entitlement under the LTI plan.
Given his resignation on 30 September 2024,
no further LTI grants will be made to the CEO.
71
DISCLOSURES
70
1 The Heartland Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee was disestablished by the Heartland Board on 1 July 2024.
2 The Sustainability Committee was established by Heartland on 9 November 2023.
3 For the purposes of the total remuneration column in this table, A$ fees have been converted to NZ$ using an exchange rate of $0928 and then rounded.
4 E F Comerford resigned from the Heartland Board on 26 June 2024.
5 E J Harvey was appointed to the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024. He became a member of the Heartland Audit & Risk Committee on 30 April 2024 and
became its Chair on 27 June 2024 following the resignation of E F Comerford.
6 G E Summerhayes resigned from the Heartland Board on 30 April 2024 and was appointed as the Chair of the Heartland Bank Australia Board.
7 R A Bell was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.
8 S Beckett was appointed to the Heartland Board on 27 June 2024.
The total remuneration and value of other benefits received by each non-executive director who
held office in Heartland and/or any of its subsidiaries during FY2024 is set out in the table below.
Directors’ fees exclude GST where appropriate.
DirectorBoard feesHeartland
Audit & Risk
Committee
Heartland
Bank Audit
Committee
Heartland
Bank Risk
Committee
Heartland
Corporate
Governance,
People,
Remuneration
and
Nominations
Committee¹
Sustainability
Committee²
Additional
Board fee
Total³
Heartland and Heartland Bank directorships
E F Comerford⁴$118,681$18,585-----$137,266
E J Harvey⁵$120,000$220$16,538---$4,327$141,085
B R Irvine$175,000-- ----$175,000
K Mitchell $120,000----$13,333$25,000$158,333
S M Ruha$120,000--$20,000---$140,000
G R Tomlinson$175,000---$10,000--$185,000
S R Tyler$120,000-$3,333----$123,333
G E Summerhayes⁶$75,000------$75,000
R A Bell⁷--------
S Beckett⁸--------
Subsidiary directorships
A J Aitken$32,000⁹ ------$32,000
C R Mace$15,000¹⁰------$15,000
E F ComerfordA$49,451¹¹------$49,451
R G UdovenyaA$30,417¹²------$30,417
G E Summerhayes⁶A$251,750------$251,750
V Yu¹³A$23,401------$23,401
L McGrath¹⁴A$23,401AU$3,774-----$27,176
S Buggle¹⁵A$23,401AU$3,774-----$27,176
B R Irvine¹⁶$8,750------$8,750
To t a l
$1,600,137
Heartland and Heartland Bank Board rolesFees (per annum)
Heartland and Heartland Bank Board Chairs$175,000
Heartland and Heartland Bank Board Members$120,000
Board Member of Heartland Bank Board, where also a member of Heartland Board$25,000
Chair Heartland Audit and Risk Committee$20,000
Member Heartland Audit and Risk CommitteeNil
Chair Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee¹$20,000
Member Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee¹Nil
Chair Heartland Sustainability Committee$20,000
Member Sustainability CommitteeNil
Chair Heartland Bank Audit Committee$20,000
Member Heartland Bank Audit CommitteeNil
Chair Heartland Bank Risk Committee$20,000
Member Heartland Bank Risk CommitteeNil
Chair Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration Committee$20,000
Member Heartland Bank People & Culture and Remuneration CommitteeNil
Heartland Bank Australia Board rolesFees (per annum)
Heartland Bank Australia Board ChairA$320,000
Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Independent Non-Executive DirectorA$155,000
Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Heartland Bank Non-Executive DirectorA$35,000
Heartland Bank Australia Board Member – Heartland and Heartland Bank ExecutiveNil
Chair Heartland Bank Australia Audit CommitteeA$25,000
Member Heartland Bank Australia Audit CommitteeNil
Chair Heartland Bank Australia Risk CommitteeA$25,000
Member Heartland Bank Australia Risk CommitteeNil
Chair Heartland Bank Australia People, Remuneration and Nominations CommitteeA$25,000
Member Heartland Bank Australia People, Remuneration and Nominations CommitteeNil
DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
Director Remuneration Policy
Total remuneration available to the Group’s
non-executive directors is determined
by Heartland’s shareholders. At the 2023
Annual Meeting, shareholders approved a
resolution to increase the pool available to
all non-executive directors to $2,400,000
or A$2,200,000 (whichever is the greater
amount from time to time). No director
remuneration increases are being sought at
the 2024 Annual Meeting.
Heartland’s policy is to pay directors’ fees in
cash, rather than in shares or share options.
There is no requirement for directors to take
a portion of their remuneration in shares and
nor is there a requirement for directors to
hold shares in Heartland. However, as at 30
June 2024, a number of the directors held
shares, or a beneficial interest in shares, in
Heartland (see '
Directors' disclosures' on
page 61 of this Annual Report for further
d e t a i l s).
Director remuneration outcomes
The tables below set out the fees paid to
the non-executive directors of Heartland for
FY2024 based on the position(s) held.
9 Fees paid to A J Aitken as Chair of MARAC Insurance Limited.
10 Fees paid to C R Mace as a director of MARAC Insurance Limited.
11 Fees paid to E F Comerford by Heartland Australia Group Pty Limited and Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (E F Comerford resigned as a
director from 26 July 2019 but still received fees in return for consultancy services provided to these companies).
12 Fees paid to R G Udovenya as a director of ASF Custodians Pty Limited.
13 V Yu was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.
14 L T McGrath was an independent, non-executive director on the Challenger Bank Limited Board prior to the completion of its acquisition by Heartland
Bank on 30 April 2024.
15 S Buggle was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.
16 B R Irvine was appointed to the Heartland Bank Australia Board on 30 April 2024.
73
DISCLOSURES
72
NGĀ PĀRONGO MŌ TE HUNGA WHAIPĀNGA
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
SPREAD OF SHARES
Set out below are details of the spread of shareholders of Heartland as at 1 August 2024 (being a
date not more than two months prior to the date of this Annual Report).
Size of holding Number of shareholders Total shares % of issued shares
1 - 1,000 shares 1,426 744,402 0.08
1,001 - 5,000 shares 3,056 8,733,660 0.94
5,001 - 10,000 shares 2,185 16,186,157 1.74
10,001 - 50,000 shares 4,862 112,980,628 12.13
50,001 - 100,000 shares 1,102 77,002,411 8.27
100,001 shares and over 791 715,373,141 76.84
Total 13,422 931,020,399 100.00
TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS
Set out below are details of the 20 largest shareholders of Heartland as at 1 August 2024 (being a
date not more than two months prior to the date of this Annual Report).
RankShareholderTotal shares % of issued capital
1 Harrogate Trustee Limited 83,335,936 8.95
2 FNZ Custodians Limited 64,823,368 6.96
3 HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 61,604,901 6.62
4 Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 41,355,753 4.44
5 Accident Compensation Corporation 39,042,231 4.19
6 New Zealand Depository Nominee 32,334,693 3.47
7 Custodial Services Limited 26,339,214 2.83
8 Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 22,044,820 2.37
9 Philip Maurice Carter 14,972,472 1.61
10 Tea Custodians Limited 14,115,064 1.52
11 Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 13,318,130 1.43
12 Jns Capital Limited 9,137,180 0.98
13 Public Trust 8,888,636 0.95
14 Onepoto Investments Holdings Limited 8,557,044 0.92
15 Pt Booster Investments Nominees Limited 8,486,988 0.91
16 Bnp Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss41 7,914,579 0.85
17 Heartland Trust 6,504,266 0.70
18 FNZ Custodians Limited 6,266,777 0.67
19 Mmc Queen Street Nominees Ltd Acf Salt Funds Management 4,406,768 0.47
20 FNZ Custodians Limited 4,252,764 0.46
Total477,701,58451.30
SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT HOLDERS
As at 30 June 2024, Heartland had 930,561,329 ordinary shares on issue and, according to
Heartland’s records and disclosure notices provided to Heartland, the following entities were
substantial product holders of Heartland.
NameNumber of shares Class of shares
% of total number of
shares in class
Harrogate Trustee Limited 83,335,936Ordinary 8.95
FirstCape Group Limited51,151,997¹Ordinary5.49
Accident Compensation Corporation 46,856,077 Ordinary5.03
SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE
Under the Banking (Prudential Supervision) Act 1989, a person must obtain the prior written consent
of the RBNZ before acquiring an interest of 10% or more in Heartland.
HE PĀRONGO ATU ANŌ
OTHER INFORMATION
AUDITORS’ FEES
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has
continued to act as auditors of Heartland and
its New Zealand subsidiaries. The amount
payable by Heartland and its New Zealand
subsidiaries to PwC as audit fees during
FY2024 was $1,388,000. The amount of fees
payable to PWC for non-audit work during
FY2024 was $113,000. These non-audit fees
were primarily for regulatory assurance
services and greenhouse gas emissions
reporting.
Ernst & Young (EY) were appointed
as auditors of Heartland’s Australian
subsidiaries. The amount payable by
Heartland’s Australian subsidiaries to EY as
audit fees during FY2024 was $692,000. The
amount of fees payable to EY for non-audit
work during FY2024 was $451,000. These
non-audit fees were primarily for regulatory
assurance services, actuarial services and
other advisory services including directors
and executive remuneration review, CPS 234
information security plan review, review of
Australian banking policies, assessment of
funding facilities and facilitation of strategy
review workshop. EY carried out other
advisory services prior to the appointment of
EY as auditor.
CREDIT RATING
As at the date of this Annual Report,
Heartland has a Fitch Australia Pty Limited
long-term credit rating of BBB (outlook
stable).
DONATIONS
The total amount of donations made by
Heartland during FY2024 was $5,000. No
political donations were made in FY2024.
EXERCISE OF NZX
DISCIPLINARY POWERS
NZX Limited did not exercise any of its
powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to
Heartland and its subsidiaries during FY2024.
NZX WAIVERS
No waivers were granted to Heartland or
relied on by Heartland during FY2024.
1 Details as per the ‘Disclosure of beginning to have substantial holding’ released by FirstCape Group Limited to Heartland and the NZX
Limited on 1 May 2024.
75
MAORI TITLE
ENGLISH TITLE
HE KŌRERO AHUMONI
FINANCIAL COMMENTARY
Heartland (NZX/ASX: HGH) announced
a NPAT of $74.5 million for FY2024. On an
underlying basis¹, FY2024 NPAT was
$102.7 million.
In a challenging economic environment,
Heartland achieved solid Receivables²
growth, up 6.4%³ on FY2023.⁴ While some
volatility is expected to continue through
at least the remainder of the 2024 calendar
year, the longer-term outlook for Heartland
is positive. Having executed significant
strategic milestones in FY2024, further
growth is anticipated in FY2025 as Heartland
continues towards its FY2028 ambitions.
Heartland’s FY2024 result was impacted
by the rapidly deteriorating economic
conditions in May and June 2024 which saw
the emergence of additional provisions
primarily in Heartland Bank’s Asset Finance,
Motor Finance and Rural portfolios. This
resulted in a 4.9% shortfall to guidance. This
late increase in provisions reflects (amongst
other things) enhancements to Heartland
Bank’s Motor Finance provisioning model, a
more conservative provisioning approach on
certain Rural exposures, and the effect of the
sustained inflationary environment on some
consumer and business borrowers.
FY2024FY2023
Reported NPAT$74.5M$95.9M
De-designation of derivatives$4.7m$6.5M
Fair value changes on equity investments held$0.3m$4.5M
Bridging loann/a$1.3M
Australia Bank Programme transaction costs$7.7m$2.2M
Other provisionsn/a($0.5M)
Other$0.6m$0.2M
Adjusted NPAT
1
$87.9MN/A
Provisions for a subset of legacy lending$11.5mN/A
Challenger Bank NPAT$3.3mN/A
Underlying NPAT
1
$102.7m$110.2m
Underlying NPAT guidance range$108-112m$109-114m
GROWTH
Consistent with the market, Heartland’s
growth in FY2024 was impacted by the
challenging economic environment. Despite
this, Heartland grew Receivables by 6.4%
($432.1 million)³ to $7.2 billion.
Reverse Mortgages, Asset Finance and
Motor Finance continued to perform well.
Reverse Mortgage Receivables were up
$179.6 million (20.2%) to $1.07 billion in New
Zealand and $298.3 million (19.7%)
3
to $1.81
billion in Australia. Asset Finance Receivables
increased $54.3 million (8.0%) to $737.0 million
FY2024 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FY2024 reported results have been normalised to exclude one-off or non-cash technical items.
5
1 Financial results are presented on a reported and underlying basis. Reported results are prepared in accordance with NZ GAAP and include the
impacts of positive and negative one-offs, which can make it difficult to compare performance between periods. Underlying results (which are
non-GAAP financial information) exclude the impact of the de-designation of derivatives, the fair value changes on equity investments held, the
Australian Bank Programme costs, an increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending, the Challenger Bank NPAT, and any other impacts of
one-offs. Adjusted NPAT before excluding the increase in provisions for a subset of legacy lending and the Challenger Bank NPAT was $87.9 million.
The use of underlying results is intended to allow for easier comparability between periods and is used internally by Management for this purpose. A
summary of reported and underlying results, details about FY2024 one-offs, and general information about the use of non-GAAP financial measures
is available in Heartland’s FY2024 investor presentation (IP) available at heartlandgroup.info.
05 FINANCIAL RESULTS
For the year ended 30 June 2024
77
FINANCIAL RESULTS
76
2 Receivables includes Reverse Mortgages.
3 Excludes the impact of changes in FX rates.
4 All comparative results are based on the audited full year consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for FY2023.
5 For a detailed reconciliation between reported and underlying financial information, and details about one-offs in the periods covered in
this investor presentation, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.
6 Based on data from Turners, dated June 2024 (data sourced from Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency).
7 NIM is calculated as net interest income over average gross interest earning assets.
in a market with difficult trading conditions.
Motor Finance growth of $59.0 million (3.8%)
to $1.63 billion was pleasing in a market where
total new and used car sales by dealers in
New Zealand were down 12.7% in FY2024.
6
Heartland’s Australian Livestock Finance
business was impacted largely by
adverse weather and market conditions
as Receivables decreased $103.0 million
(27.5%)
3
to $272.0 million. Receivables
balances stabilised in the second half of
FY2024 (2H2024) (down $26.6 million in
2H2024 vs $76.4 million in the first half of
FY2024 (1H2024)), in line with lower volatility
in cattle and lamb pricing, and improved
trading conditions in New South Wales and
Queensland. However, 2H2024 growth was
negatively impacted compared to forecast
growth by unseasonably dry conditions
across South Australia and Victoria,
presenting limited opportunity for customers
to trade livestock and accelerating
repayments. Product development to
meet the growing Australian feedlotting
sector, in combination with new distribution
partnerships, is expected to contribute to
portfolio growth in FY2025.
NZ Banking
Underlying NIM for Heartland Bank was 3.79%,
down 32 bps from FY2023 due to a higher
cost of funds, the slower repayment of lower
margin Asset Finance and Motor Finance
loans as customers deferred asset upgrades,
and a slower pass through of rate increases
to Reverse Mortgage customers.
Underlying NIM stabilised during 2H2024
as cost of funds increases slowed and NIM
improvement accelerated in Asset Finance
and Motor Finance, assisted by the pass
through of rate increases to New Zealand
Reverse Mortgage customers late in the
financial year. FY2024 exit underlying NIM was
3.92% and has improved early into FY2025.
Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion
is expected to continue and is forecast to
rise above 4% by the third quarter of FY2025
driven by:
• continued NIM improvement in fixed rate
portfolios, primarily Motor Finance and
Asset Finance
• a focus on core lending growth combined
with active management of Non-Strategic
Assets
• cost of funds benefits from a reducing rate
environment.
AU Banking
Underlying NIM for Heartland’s Australian
ADI, Heartland Bank Australia, was 3.17%,
down 45 bps from FY2023 primarily due to
the $103.0 million reduction in Australian
Livestock Finance Receivables, of which
$76.4 million occurred in 1H2024. This was
compounded by the continued increase in
wholesale cost of funding which was not
passed onto Australian Livestock Finance
customers. Australian Reverse Mortgage NIM
was managed consistently to 3.00% across
FY2024.
Base rate stability and an abatement in the
retraction of Australian Livestock Finance
saw underlying NIM stabilise across 2H2024.
FY2024 exit underlying NIM was 3.19%.
Looking forward, underlying NIM expansion is
Underlying
NIM
FY20231H20242H2024FY2024FY2024 exitFY2025
expectation
NZ Banking4.11%3.81%3.79%3.79%3.92%4.00%
AU Banking3.62%3.35%3.22%3.17%3.19%3.40%
NET INTEREST MARGIN
7
Heartland’s underlying NIM was 3.64%, a reduction of 36 basis points (bps) from FY2023.
8
expected and is forecast to rise above 3.40%
for FY2025. An FY2025 exit underlying NIM
above 4% is projected as:
• current excess liquidity in Heartland Bank
Australia is consumed
• the transition from wholesale to retail
funding largely concludes
• growth in Australian Livestock Finance is
expected to return due to more favourable
market conditions and the execution of
product and distribution initiatives.
CREDIT QUALITY
Reflecting the challenging economic
conditions, Heartland’s overall credit quality
deteriorated year-on-year during FY2024.
The underlying impairment expense ratio
increased to 0.44% in FY2024, up 8 bps
compared with FY2023.
9
NZ Banking
Heartland Bank’s non-performing loans
ratio deteriorated from 2.56% to 3.66% in
FY2024. Most of this deterioration occurred
in 1H2024 which saw an increase of 104 bps.
2H2024 saw a relative stabilisation with only
a 6 bps increase on 1H2024. The trend in total
arrears showed a similar pattern with 1H2024
witnessing a 230 bps deterioration (to a peak
of 7.6%) but an improvement of 70 bps in
2H2024 to 6.9%. This deterioration primarily
originated from the Motor Finance and
Asset Finance portfolios which remain under
pressure.
In contrast, New Zealand’s Reverse Mortgage
credit quality continues to be strong, with a
weighted average loan-to-value ratio (LV R)
of 23.5%. Given house prices are expected
to have troughed and interest rates are
beginning to fall, this portfolio is expected
to remain strong in FY2025 and beyond.
Heartland Bank’s Online Home Loans portfolio
is similarly robust with a low arrears rate of
0.4%.
Nevertheless, due to the challenging
economic conditions, provisions increased
by $22 million in FY2024. This included the $16
million provision raised by Heartland Bank in
December 2023 which was utilised to cover
enhanced provision modelling outcomes
and to write-off longer standing loans in
Motor Finance and Business lending. As a
result, Heartland Bank reduced the subset of
longer standing Motor Finance arrears by 58%
between December 2023 and June 2024.
The RBNZ’s August 2024 Monetary Policy
Statement noted a significant deterioration
in domestic economic conditions during May
and June 2024. During this period, Heartland
Bank witnessed the emergence of additional
specific and collective provisions totalling $10.1
million as follows.
• Specific provisions increased by $7.3
million across the Asset Finance and Rural
portfolios as the incidence of businesses
that entered voluntary liquidation,
receivership, or ceased to trade increased.
Furthermore, recent reductions in
land prices led to a more conservative
provisioning approach on certain Rural
exposures.
• Collective provisions increased by
$2.8 million, primarily across the
Motor Finance and Open for Business
portfolios as customer arrears spiked,
and enhancements to the Motor Finance
provisioning model (implemented in June
2024) took effect.
Heartland Bank remains committed to
ongoing investment in operational process
efficiency and systems automation within
the Collections & Recoveries area, thereby
maintaining the positive momentum evidenced
in 2H2024. Heartland Bank will continue to
closely manage Business and Rural loans,
supporting creditworthy customers through
the end of a challenging economic cycle.
The recent reduction in the rate of inflation
and the associated fall in the Official Cash
Rate signals a positive change for the New
Zealand economy. While this is encouraging,
the projected unemployment rate and the
lag between interest rates and business
outcomes means Heartland Bank expects
some volatility to continue through FY2025.
AU Banking
As farmers responded to extreme weather
conditions, many held onto livestock for longer
periods of time through FY2024 to gain weight
8 Underlying NIM refers to NIM calculated using underlying results. When calculated using reported results, NIM was 3.39%, down 58 bps
compared with FY2023. For more information, refer to Heartland’s FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.
9 Underlying impairment expense ratio refers to the impairment expense ratio calculated using underlying results. When calculated using
reported results, the impairment expense ratio was 0.66%, up 30 bps compared with FY2023. For more information, refer to Heartland’s
FY2024 IP available at heartlandgroup.info.
79
FINANCIAL RESULTS
78
and recoup value. Heartland expects these
remaining livestock to be sold and replaced
through the first half of FY2025. While
conditions are improving, Heartland Bank
Australia is continuing to work closely with
customers who may be experiencing stress
in the current market conditions. Despite
the extreme market and seasonal conditions
that Australian Livestock Finance customers
have endured, the relatively low level of
provisioning (A$1.2 million) is an indication
of the credit strength and resilience of the
portfolio and more broadly the sector.
Whilst in Australia interest rate and cost of
living pressures will likely remain until the
second half of FY2025, Australian Reverse
Mortgage credit quality is strong, with a
weighted average LVR of 23.5% and only 0.6%
of loans with an LVR over 50%.
COSTS
While underlying costs in FY2024 were
controlled (underlying operating expenses
(OPEX) decreased by $1.3 million (1.0%)
9
),
the CTI ratio was flat year-on-year despite
the reduction in net operating income which
was largely due to NIM compression and is
expected to correct during FY2025.
Staff expenses decreased by $6.1 million due
to lower discretionary payments following the
shortfall to underlying NPAT guidance.
IT costs increased by $1.9 million due to
inflationary pressures influencing higher
licensing and service charges, alongside
increased investment in IT security.
Other operating expenses increased $2.1
million due to a combination of higher legal
and professional fees and occupancy
expenses.
Heartland’s underlying CTI ratio is expected
to increase in FY2025 as the full cost base
of the ADI is absorbed, and Heartland Bank’s
core banking system upgrade commences
amortisation (adding approximately $5.4
million of non-cash operating expenditure per
annum over a seven-year period).
Despite this, Heartland remains committed
to its ambition of an underlying CTI ratio of
less than 35% by the end of FY2028. Several
initiatives are underway to achieve this,
including:
• a strategy to transition from wholesale to
retail funding, particularly in Australia
• realising cost savings through
digitalisation and automation
• creating structural efficiencies in New
Zealand and Australia as the banking
group matures to build the capacity for
growth.
NGĀ PUKA KAUTE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
General Information .........................80
Auditor
.........................................80
Other Material Matters
......................80
Directors
.......................................80
Directors’ Statements
......................82
Statement of Comprehensive Income
. . . 83
Statement of Changes in Equity
..........84
Statement of Financial Position
...........85
Statement of Cash Flows
...................86
Notes to the Financial Statements
.......88
1 Financial statements preparation
..88
Performance
2 Segmental analysis
....................94
3 Net interest income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
4 Net operating lease income
..........97
5 Other income
............................97
6 Operating expenses
...................98
7 Compensation of auditor
.............98
8 Impaired asset expense
..............100
9 Taxation
...................................101
10 Earnings per share
.....................102
Financial Position
11 Investments
.............................103
12 Derivative financial instruments
. . . 104
13 Finance receivables
measured at amortised cost
........109
14 Operating lease vehicles
..............114
15 Borrowings
...............................115
16 Share capital and dividends
..........118
17 Other reserves
..........................119
18 Other balance sheet items
..........120
19 Acquisition
...............................124
20 Related party transactions
and balances
............................126
21 Fair value
.................................128
Risk Management
22 Enterprise risk management
........134
23 Credit risk exposure
...................139
24 Liquidity risk
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
25 Interest rate risk
........................146
Other Disclosures
26 Significant subsidiaries
..............149
27 Structured entities
....................149
28 Staff share ownership
arrangements
...........................151
29 Securitisation, funds management
and other fiduciary activities
.......153
30 Concentrations of funding
..........153
31 Offsetting financial instruments
...154
32 Contingent liabilities and
commitments
...........................155
33 Events after reporting date
.........155
Auditor’s Report
.............................156
CONTENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2024
81
FINANCIAL RESULTS
80
GENERAL INFORMATION
These financial statements are issued by Heartland Group Holdings Limited (HGH) and its
subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2024.
Name and address for service
The Group’s address for service is:
Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
Details of incorporation
HGH was incorporated under the Companies Act 1993 on 19 July 2018.
AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers
PwC Tower, Level 27
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
OTHER MATERIAL MATTERS
There are no material matters relating to the business or affairs of the Group that are not
disclosed in these consolidated financial statements which, if disclosed, would materially
affect the decision of a person to subscribe for debt or equity instruments of which the Group is
the issuer.
DIRECTORS
All Directors of HGH reside in New Zealand with the exception of Robert Bell and Simon Beckett
who reside in Australia. Communications to the Directors can be sent to Heartland Group
Holdings Limited, Level 3, 35 Teed Street, Newmarket, Auckland 1023.
Geoffrey Edward Summerhayes resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,
effective 30 April 2024.
Edward John Harvey was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,
effective 30 April 2024.
Ellen Frances Comerford resigned as Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,
effective 26 June 2024.
Robert Bell was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,
effective 27 June 2024.
Simon Beckett was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director of HGH,
effective 27 June 2024.
There have been no other changes to the composition of the Board of Directors of the Group for
the year ended 30 June 2024.
DIRECTORS (CONTINUED)
The Directors of HGH and their details at the time these financial statements were signed were:
Chair - Board of Directors
Name: Gregory Raymond Tomlinson
Qualifications: AME
Type of Director: Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships: Alta Cable Holdings Limited, Chippies Vineyard Limited, Indevin Group
Holdings Limited, Indevin Group Investments Limited, Indevin Group Limited, Mountbatten
Trustee Limited, Nearco Stud Limited, Oceania Healthcare Limited, Pelorus Finance Limited, St
Leonards Limited, Tomlinson Group Argenta GP Limited, Tomlinson Group NZ Limited, Tomlinson
Holdings Limited, Tomlinson Group Investments Limited, Tomlinson Ventures Limited, Terra Vitae
Vineyards Limited.
Name: Simon Beckett
Qualifications: BSc (Hons), GAICD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director
Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships: ORDE Holdings Pty Ltd, ORDE Financial Pty Ltd, ORDE Capital
Management Limited, ORDE Mortgage Custodian Pty Ltd, GeoSnapShot Pty Ltd, First Avenue
Ventures Pty, First Avenue Capital Pty Ltd.
Name: Robert Bell
Qualifications: BBus
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director
Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships: Liveheats Pty Ltd, 86 Elwood Pty Ltd, Home Finance Company PTE Ltd.
Name: Jeffrey Kenneth Greenslade
Qualifications: LLB
Type of Director: Non-Independent Executive Director
Occupation: Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group Holdings Limited
External Directorships: Henley Family Investments Limited.
Name: Edward John Harvey
Qualifications: BCom, CA, CFInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director
Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships: Napier Port Holdings Ltd, Pomare Investments Ltd, Port of Napier Ltd.
Name: Kathryn Mitchell
Qualifications: BA, CMInstD
Type of Director: Independent Non-Executive Director
Occupation: Company Director
External Directorships: Chambers@151 Limited, Christchurch International Airport Limited,
Firsttrax Approvals Limited, Link Engine Management Limited, Link Management International
(NZ) Limited, Morrison Horgan Limited, The New Zealand Merino Company Limited, The A2 Milk
Company Limited, Purepods Limited.
83
FINANCIAL RESULTS
82
G R Tomlinson (Chair)R Bell
J K GreensladeS Beckett
K MitchellE J Harvey
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENTS
The financial statements are dated 28 August 2024 and have been signed by all Directors.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023
Interest income3661,032527,710
Interest expense3383,387245,721
Net interest income277,645281,989
Operating lease income46,0585,631
Operating lease expenses44,3733,827
Net operating lease income1,6851,804
Lending and credit fee income14,28411,753
Other (expense)5(2,946)(5,742)
Net operating income290,668289,804
Operating expenses6139,386128,079
Profit before impaired asset expense and income tax151,282161,725
Fair value (loss) on investments and investment property(314)(4,488)
Impaired asset expense846,42323,244
Profit before income tax104,545133,993
Income tax expense929,99638,125
Profit for the year74,54995,868
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of
income tax:
Effective portion of change in fair value of derivative financial instruments in a
cash flow hedge relationship
(10,701)7,116
Movement in fair value reserve925(533)
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve1,773(6,803)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of income tax:
Movement in fair value of equity investments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
(3,152)(2,411)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax(11,155)(2,631)
Total comprehensive income for the year63,39493,237
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share109.85c13.96c
Diluted earnings per share109.85c13.96c
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to the owners of the Group.
85
FINANCIAL RESULTS
84
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the year ended 30 June 2024
June 2024June 2023
$000’sNote
Share
CapitalReserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
Share
Capital Reserves
Retained
Earnings
Total
Equity
Balance at beginning
of year
800,7126,240 224,0521,031,004599,1859,936 199,586808,707
Total comprehensive
income for the year
Profit for the year--74,54974,549--95,86895,868
Other comprehensive
(loss)/ income, net of
income tax
17-(11,155)-(11,155)-(2,631)-(2,631)
Total comprehensive
income for the year
- (11,155)74,54963,394- (2,631)95,86893,237
Transactions with
owners
Dividends paid16--(71,190)(71,190)--(71,402)(71,402)
Dividend reinvestment
plan
1613,476--13,4767,100--7,100
Transaction costs
associated with capital
raising
16(6,254)--(6,254)(3,749)--(3,749)
Share based payments28-(2,816)-(2,816)-105-105
Share issuance16210,255--210,255 197,006--197,006
Vesting of share based
payments
28765(765)--1,170(1,170)--
Total transactions
with owners
218,242(3,581)(71,190)143,471 201,527(1,065)(71,402)129,060
Balance at end of
the year
1,018,954(8,496)227,411 1,237,869800,7126,240 224,0521,031,004
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at 30 June 2024
$000 ’sNoteJune 2024June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503
Investments111,092,131330,240
Derivative financial instruments1212,31636,983
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost134,266,9464,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages212,897,8182,403,810
Investment properties3,66011,903
Operating lease vehicles1418,26116,966
Right of use assets1815,51912,318
Other assets1835,18527,990
Current tax asset16,7671,960
Intangible assets18279,906235,733
Deferred tax asset923,72721,105
Total assets9,291,8557,744,725
Liabilities
Deposits15 5,949,1164,131,025
Other borrowings15 2,040,7632,496,375
Derivative financial instruments129,0177,624
Lease liabilities1817,77614,287
Tax liabilities-6,112
Trade and other payables1837,31458,298
Total liabilities8,053,9866,713,721
Net assets1,237,8691,031,004
Equity
Share capital161,018,954800,712
Retained earnings and other reserves17218,915230,292
Total equity1,237,8691,031,004
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
87
FINANCIAL RESULTS
86
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received433,047333,874
Operating lease income received5,2884,571
Lending, credit fees and other income received9,3456,292
Operating inflows447,680344,737
Interest paid(327,643)(193,679)
Payments to suppliers and employees(155,782)(128,195)
Taxation paid(46,842)(54,629)
Operating outflows(530,267)(376,503)
Net cash flows applied to operating activities before changes in operating
assets and liabilities
(82,587)(31,766)
Proceeds from sale of operating lease vehicles2,2194,492
Purchase of operating lease vehicles(6,732)(8,766)
Net movement in finance receivables
1
473,912(448,210)
Net movement in deposits541,541526,939
Net cash flows from operating activities
2
928,35342,689
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets(28,091)(24,669)
Proceeds from investment securities246,49055,443
Purchase of investment securities(637,399)(95,000)
Deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited-(3,936)
Purchase of equity investment-(6,952)
Purchase of investment property-(71)
Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary19165,620-
Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired-(3,047)
Net cash flows applied to investing activities(253,380)(78,232)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings1,743,5101,264,359
Repayment of wholesale borrowings(2,362,786)(1,208,292)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes189,58887,589
Repayment of unsubordinated notes(123,764)(330,300)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated notes51,57297,934
Dividends paid16(57,714)(64,303)
Payment of lease liabilities(3,044)(2,656)
Net issue of share capital16204,001193,364
Net cashflows (applied to)/from financing activities(358,637)37,695
Net increase in cash held316,3362,152
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents1,780(1,407)
Opening cash and cash equivalents311,503310,758
Closing cash and cash equivalents
3
629,619311,503
1 Includes proceeds from sale of reverse mortgage portfolio from the Group to HBA prior to HBA’s acquisition. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for
further details.
2 Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
3 At 30 June 2024, the Group has $176.0 million (2023: $97.0 million) of cash held by the Trusts which may only be used for the purposes defined
in the underlying Trust documents. Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for definition of Trusts and further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
1 Cash flows from operating activities do not include cash flows from wholesale borrowings which are included as part of financing activities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities
$000’sNoteJune 2024June 2023
Profit for the year74,54995,868
Add/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation and amortisation expense12,12910,124
Depreciation on lease vehicles143,9023,461
Capitalised net interest income and fee income(186,389)(154,706)
Impaired asset expense846,42323,244
Fair value movements(11,537)6,899
Deferred tax(2,622)1,969
Other non-cash items(3,110)2,097
Total non-cash items (141,204)(106,912)
Add/(less) movements in operating assets and liabilities:
Finance receivables473,912(448,210)
Operating lease vehicles(5,197)(5,266)
Other assets595(2,856)
Current tax (20,919)(17,892)
Derivative financial instruments26,0609,521
Deposits541,541526,939
Other liabilities(20,984)(8,503)
Total movements in operating assets and liabilities995,00853,733
Net cash flows from operating activities
1
928,35342,689
89
FINANCIAL RESULTS
88
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the year ended 30 June 2024
1 Financial statements preparation
Reporting entity
The financial statements presented are the consolidated financial statements comprising Heartland Group
Holdings (HGH) and its controlled entities (the Group). Refer to Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries and Significant
events section within this note for further details.
HGH is a company incorporated in New Zealand under the Companies Act 1993 and a Financial Market Conduct
(FMC) reporting entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The Group is a designated climate reporting entity (CRE) under the climate-related disclosure regime and is
required to meet its requirements effective from the financial reporting period commencing 1 July 2023. Refer to
Note 22 - Enterprise risk management for further details.
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in
New Zealand (NZ GAAP), the New Zealand Exchange (NZX) Main Board Listing Rules and the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. The financial statements comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards as appropriate for
profit-oriented entities. The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards
Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars which is the Group’s functional and presentation
currency. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis after considering the Group’s funding and
liquidity position.
The accounting policies adopted have been applied consistently throughout the periods presented in these
financial statements.
Certain comparative balances have been reclassified to align with the presentation used in the current financial
year. These reclassifications have no impact on the overall financial performance or financial position for the
comparative year.
Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of historical cost, except for certain financial
instruments and investment properties, which are measured at their fair values as identified in the accounting
policies set out in the accompanying notes to the financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The financial statements of the Group incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all controlled entities.
Controlled entities are all entities in which the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its
involvement with the entities and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entities.
Intercompany transactions, balances and any unrealised income and expense (except for foreign currency
transaction gains or losses) between controlled entities are eliminated.
Assets and liabilities in a transactional currency that is not the New Zealand dollar, are translated at the exchange
rates ruling at balance date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average rate at the balance date.
Exchange differences are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Changes in accounting standards
Accounting standards issued and effective
Disclosure of Accounting Policies - Amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
The Group adopted the amendments to NZ IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. Effective 1 July 2023, these
amendments require the disclosure of material accounting policy information instead of significant accounting
policies. The amendments did not result in any changes to the accounting policies and did not impact the
accounting policy information disclosed below.
Disclosure of fees for audit firms’ services (Amendments to FRS-44)
Amendments were issued to FRS-44 New Zealand Additional Disclosures (Amendments to FRS-44) that require an
entity to describe the services provided by its audit or review firm and to disclose the fees incurred by the entity for
those services using prescribed categories.
The Group early adopted the Amendments to FRS-44 from 1 July 2022. Refer to Note 7 - Compensation of auditor for
further details.
There have been no other changes to accounting policies or new or amended standards that are issued and
effective that are expected to have a material impact on the Group.
Accounting standards issued not yet effective
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18)
IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (IFRS 18) was issued in April 2024 to replace IAS 1
Presentation of Financial Statements (IAS 1) when applied. New Zealand Equivalent to IFRS 18 (NZ IFRS 18) was
issued on 23 May 2024. Most of the presentation and disclosure requirements will largely remain unchanged
together with other disclosures carried forward from IAS 1. NZ IFRS 18 primarily introduces the following:
• a defined structure for the statement of comprehensive income by classifying items into one of the five
categories: operating, investing, financing, income taxes and discontinued operations. Entities will also present
expenses in the operating category by nature, function, or a mix of both, based on facts and circumstances;
• disclosure of management-defined performance measures (a subset of alternative performance measures /
non-GAAP measures) in a single note together with reconciliation requirements, and
• additional guidance on aggregation and disaggregation principles (applied to all primary financial statements
and notes).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
91
FINANCIAL RESULTS
90
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Accounting standards issued not yet effective (continued)
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (NZ IFRS 18) (continued)
NZ IFRS 18 also made limited change to certain presentation and disclosure requirements in the financial
statements, e.g., NZ IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows; as well as consequential changes to various IFRS Accounting
Standards.
NZ IFRS 18 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The Group expects to
adopt NZ IFRS 18 and relevant consequential changes of other accounting standards in the financial year beginning
1 July 2027. The Group is currently assessing the impact and will disclose more detailed assessments in the future.
Other new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published
that are not mandatory for the 30 June 2024 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group.
These standards, amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the current or
future reporting periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires the use of estimates and judgements. This note
provides an overview of the areas that involve a higher degree of judgement or complexity. Detailed information
about each of these estimates and judgements is included in the relevant notes together with the basis of
calculation for each affected item in the financial statements.
• Provisions for impairment - The effect of credit risk is quantified based on the Group’s best estimate of future
cash repayments and proceeds from any security held or by reference to risk profile groupings, historical
loss data and forward-looking information. Refer to Note 8 - Impaired asset expense and Note 13 - Finance
receivables measured at amortised cost for further details.
• Recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset - The recognition of Banking Licence intangible asset required
judgement in determining external and internal costs directly attributable to the Group’s joint application for
an Australian Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution Licence with Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland
Bank Australia Limited). Judgement is also required to determine whether such costs fulfil the definition and
recognition criteria of an intangible asset. Such costs include professional fees and costs of employee benefits
arising directly from the application. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.
• Fair value of reverse mortgages - Fair value is quantified by the transaction price (cash advanced plus accrued
capitalised interest). Judgement is applied in determining the appropriateness of the transaction price as fair
value. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.
• Goodwill - The Group carries out impairment testing annually over the carrying value of goodwill of its cash
generating units (CGUs). Uncertainty is involved in estimating fair value less cost to sell and judgement is
applied in assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of CGU or group of CGUs for impairment
testing. Refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details.
• Acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (now Heartland Bank Australia Limited) – Fair value of the consideration
transferred and fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, measured on a provisional
basis. Judgement is applied in determining consideration and in the valuation of the acquiree’s identifiable
assets and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details.
Assumptions made at each reporting date (e.g., the calculation of the provision for impairment and fair value
adjustments) are based on best estimates as at that date. Although the Group has internal controls in place to
ensure that estimates can be reliably measured, actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The estimates
and judgements used in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements are continually evaluated. They are
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial
impact on the entity. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the reporting period in which the
estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Significant events
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL), subsidiary of HGH, completed the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited (CBL) from
Challenger Limited on 30 April 2024. Completing the acquisition makes HBL the first New Zealand registered bank to
acquire an Australian authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI). From 1 May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland
Bank Australia.
As a result of the above transaction, the Group has obtained control over Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA)
and has consolidated its results, assets and liabilities from the transaction date. Refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for
further details.
Under the varied conditions of CBL’s banking licence, all the Australian banking business and other Australian
financial activities within HGH and its controlled entities are required to be conducted within CBL or as subsidiaries
of CBL. On 2 May 2024, HGH transferred to CBL 100% shareholding of its Australian subsidiaries, being Heartland
Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH) and its controlled entities. This resulted in CBL assuming ownership over
HGH’s Australian reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services businesses.
Later in May 2024, the legal entity name for CBL officially changed to HBA.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial Assets
Financial assets are classified based on:
• The business model within which the assets are managed; and
• Whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Group determines the business model at the level that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed.
When assessing the business model, the Group considers factors including how performance and risks are
managed, evaluated and reported and the frequency and volume of, and reason for sales in previous periods.
Financial assets are classified into the following measurement categories:
Financial AssetsMeasurement Category Note
Government securities, bank bonds and floating
rate notes
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
and fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
11
Public sector securities and corporate bondsFVOCI11
Equity investmentsFVOCI and FVTPL 11
Finance receivables – Reverse mortgagesFVTPL21
Finance receivablesAmortised cost13
Derivative financial instrumentsFVTPL12
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is
achieved through holding the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows which represent SPPI.
Financial assets at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest rate method.
Financial assets measured at FVOCI
Financial assets are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both
through collecting contractual cash flows which represent SPPI or selling the financial asset.
Financial assets at FVOCI are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other
comprehensive income except for interest income, impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses,
which are recognised in profit or loss.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
93
FINANCIAL RESULTS
92
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial assets (continued)
Financial assets measured at FVTPL
Financial assets are measured at FVTPL if:
• they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial
asset in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for
which there is evidence of short-term profit taking; or
• the contractual cash flows of the financial asset do not represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding; or
• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or
loss.
Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified into the following measurement categories:
• those to be measured at amortised cost;
• those to be measured at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they are not held for trading or designated at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are accounted for using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL
Financial liabilities are measured at FVTPL if:
• they are held for trading whose principal objective is achieved through selling or repurchasing the financial
liability in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for
which there is evidence of short-term profit taking; or
• they are designated at FVTPL upon initial recognition to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognised in profit or
loss.
Further details of the accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is
set out in the note for the relevant item.
The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 21 -
Fair value.
Recognition
The Group initially recognises finance receivables and borrowings on the date that they are originated. All other
financial assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL) are initially recognised on the
trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Derecognition
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire,
or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred
financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
1 Financial statements preparation (continued)
Financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Financial liabilities (continued)
The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised on its statement of financial position,
but retains either all risks or rewards of the transferred assets or a portion of them. If all or substantially all risks and
rewards are retained, then the transferred assets are not derecognised from the statement of financial position.
Transfers of assets with the retention of all or substantially all risks and rewards include, for example, securitised
assets and repurchase transactions.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing
financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an
existing liability are substantially modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original
liability and the recognition of a new liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in
profit or loss.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
95
FINANCIAL RESULTS
94
PERFORMANCE
2 Segmental analysis
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group’s operating segments which are consistent with those
used for the Group’s management and internal reporting structure.
An operating segment is a component of an entity engaging in business activities and whose operating results
are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for
allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group, has been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) and direct reports.
Operating Segments
The Group operates within New Zealand and Australia and comprises the following main operating segments:
Operating segments – New Zealand
Motor Motor vehicle finance.
Reverse mortgages Reverse mortgage lending.
Personal lending Transactional, home loans and personal loans to individuals.
Business Term debt, plant and equipment finance, commercial mortgage lending and working
capital solutions for small-to-medium sized businesses.
Rural Specialist financial services to the farming sector, primarily offering livestock finance,
rural mortgage lending, seasonal and working capital financing, as well as leasing
solutions to farmers.
Operating segments – Australia
During the year, the Group revised the composition of its reportable segments, following the acquisition of CBL
by HBL on 30 April and transfer of HAH and its subsidiaries from HGH to HBA on 2 May 2024, with HBA assuming
ownership over HGH’s Australian reverse mortgage lending, specialist livestock finance and other financial services
businesses (refer to Note 19 – Acquisition for further details). The Group has subsequently aggregated previously
reported StockCo Australia and Australia segments into one reportable segment Australian Banking Group.
This change was made to align the presentation with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s CODM
where business performance of HBA and its subsidiaries is assessed as one single segment operating within
Australia. Comparative information within this note has been adjusted to reflect the change in the Group’s revised
composition of reportable segments within Australian Banking Group.
Australian Banking Group Australian Banking Group provides banking and financial services in Australia which
consist of reverse mortgage lending, livestock finance and other financial services
within Australia.
All other segments
Other Operating expenses, such as premises, IT and support centre costs are not allocated
to operating segments and are included in Other. These are primarily in relation to the
New Zealand business.
Finance receivables are allocated across the operating segments as assets. Liabilities are managed centrally and
therefore are not allocated across the operating segments. The Group does not rely on any single major customer
for its revenue base.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
2 Segmental analysis (continued)
$000’sMotor
Reverse
Mortgages
Personal
LendingBusinessRural
Australian
Banking
GroupOtherTotal
June 2024
Net interest income58,90946,5865,15662,09034,65268,6171,635277,645
Lending and credit fee
income
3,9082,6511983,9353743,218-14,284
Net other income/
(expense)
1,194-5431,145(443)(839)(2,861)(1,261)
Net operating income64,01149,2375,89767,17034,58370,996(1,226)290,668
Operating expenses4,6285,3666,8259,1133,18141,77868,495139,386
Profit/(loss) before
fair value (loss) on
investments, impaired
asset expense and
income tax
59,38343,871(928)58,05731,40229,218(69,721)151,282
Fair value (loss) on
investments
------(314)(314)
Impaired asset expense24,329-1,47617,5272,428663-46,423
Profit/(loss) before
income tax
35,05443,871(2,404)40,53028,97428,555(70,035)104,545
Income tax expense------29,99629,996
Profit/(loss) for the
year
35,05443,871(2,404)40,53028,97428,555 (100,031)74,549
Total assets1,608,282 1,068,154339,110 1,306,689 720,3393,415,495833,7869,291,855
Total liabilities8,053,986
June 2023
Net interest income60,68139,6969,54871,63033,52273,933(7,021)281,989
Lending and credit fee
income
2,0342,6714472,2782924,031-11,753
Net other income/
(expense)
1,485-935991398(130)(7,617)(3,938)
Net operating income/
(expense)
64,20042,36710,93074,89934,21277,834(14,638)289,804
Operating expenses4,1404,9296,4619,3873,06833,05267,042128,079
Profit/(loss) before
fair value (loss) on
investments, impaired
asset expense and
income tax
60,06037,4384,46965,51231,14444,782(81,680)161,725
Fair value (loss) on
investments
------(4,488)(4,488)
Impaired asset expense10,911-3,1958,156630352-23,244
Profit/(loss) before
income tax
49,14937,4381,27457,35630,51444,430(86,168)133,993
Income tax expense------38,12538,125
Profit/(loss) for the
year
49,14937,4381,27457,35630,51444,430(124,293)95,868
Total assets1,563,939888,600358,5721,356,913 712,5962,110,958753,1477,744,725
Total liabilities6,713,721
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
97
FINANCIAL RESULTS
96
3 Net interest income
Policy
Interest income and expense on financial instruments is measured using the effective interest rate method
that discounts the financial instruments’ future cash flows to their present value and allocates the interest
income or expense over the life of the financial instrument. The effective interest rate is established on initial
recognition of the financial assets or liabilities and is not subsequently revised. For financial instruments at
amortised cost, the calculation of the effective interest rate includes all yield related fees and commissions paid
or received that are an integral part of the underlying financial instrument.
Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of financial assets in stages 1 and 2 of the
Group’s expected credit losses (ECL) model and on the carrying amount net of the provision for ECL for financial
assets in stage 3. For financial instruments measured at FVTPL, interest is not calculated under the effective
interest rate method.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Interest income
Cash and cash equivalents12,95210,906
Investments measured at FVOCI12,0825,081
Investments measured at FVTPL4,186-
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost380,055335,070
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages251,757176,653
Total interest income
1
661,032527,710
Interest expense
Deposits240,758148,054
Other borrowings167,796117,774
Net interest (income) on derivative financial instruments(25,167)(20,107)
Total interest expense²383,387245,721
Net interest income277,645281,989
1 Cash and cash equivalents and Finance receivables are measured at amortised cost. Investments are measured at FVOCI and FVTPL. Total
interest income derived from financial assets measured at amortised cost or FVOCI is calculated using the effective interest rate method.
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages are measured at FVTPL.
2 Deposits and Other borrowings are measured at amortised cost, therefore interest expense incurred on these financial liabilities is
calculated using the effective interest rate method. Net interest expense on derivative financial instruments is not calculated using the
effective interest rate method as they are measured at FVTPL.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
4 Net operating lease income
Policy
As a lessor, the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the assets and
therefore, classifies the leases as operating leases. Rental income and expense from operating leases are
recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating
and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on
a straight-line basis over the lease term. Profits on the sale of operating lease assets are included as part of
operating lease income. Current year depreciation and losses on the sale of operating lease assets are included
as part of operating lease expenses. The leased assets are depreciated over their useful lives on a basis
consistent with similar assets.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Operating lease income
Lease income5,3744,639
Gain on disposal of lease assets684992
Total operating lease income6,0585,631
Operating lease expense
Depreciation on lease assets3,9023,461
Direct lease costs471366
Total operating lease expense4,3733,827
Net operating lease income1,6851,804
5 Other income
Policy
Rental income from investment properties
Rental income from investment properties is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant
lease.
Insurance income
Insurance premium income and commission expense are recognised in profit or loss from the date of
attachment of the risk over the period of the insurance contract. Claim expense is recognised in the profit or loss
on an accrual basis once our liability to the policyholder has been confirmed under the terms of the contract.
Fair value gain or loss on derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge is
recognised initially in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss and changes in the
fair value of any derivatives not designated in a hedge relationship are recognised immediately in the statement
of comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income. Refer to Note 12 - Derivative financial instruments
for further details.
Fair value gain or loss on non-derivative financial instruments
A fair value gain or loss on certain non-derivative financial instruments are recognised in the statement of
comprehensive income for financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 11 –
Investments for further details.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Rental income from investment properties9951,064
Insurance income
1
209756
Fair value (loss) on derivative instruments measured at fair value(5,074)(8,237)
Fair value (loss) on non-derivative financial instruments
2
(727)-
Other income4624
Foreign exchange gain1,64751
Total other (expense)(2,946)(5,742)
1 Insurance income includes net income from Marac Insurance Limited (MIL), a subsidiary of Heartland Bank Limited (HBL). MIL ceased writing
insurance policies in 2020 with the periodic policies expected to expire in 2025.
2 Includes realised and unrealised losses on HBA’s government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes measured at fair value through
profit and loss. Refer to Note 11 - Investments for further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
98
06
99
05
01
02
03
04
6 Operating expenses
Policy
Operating expenses are recognised as the underlying service is rendered or over a period in which an asset is
consumed or a liability is incurred.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Personnel expenses
1
67,12966,989
Directors' fees1,5071,451
Superannuation2,0881,772
Depreciation - property, plant and equipment1,8091,904
Legal and professional fees
2
6,2404,642
Advertising and public relations3,0173,089
Depreciation - right of use asset3,2522,539
Technology services13,61910,296
Telecommunications, stationery and postage2,1031,948
Customer administration costs10,9589,814
Customer onboarding costs2,7172,765
Occupancy costs2,5881,741
Amortisation of intangible assets5,5165,681
Other operating expenses
3
16,84313,448
Total operating expenses139,386128,079
7 Compensation of auditor
In accordance with the Amendments to FRS-44, the Group is required to disclose the fees incurred for services
received from its audit or review firm, with a description of each service, including audit or review of the financial
statements. Other services performed during the reporting period are required to be disclosed using the following
categories:
• audit or review related services;
• other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements;
• taxation services and;
• other services.
In accordance with the Group’s external auditor independence policy, it is prohibited for the external auditor’s
firm to perform tax compliance work. It is the Group’s policy to engage the external auditor‘s firm on assignments
additional to its statutory audit duties only if they are not perceived to be in conflict with the role of external auditor.
All services are pre-approved by the Board Audit and Risk Committee.
1 Excludes certain personnel expenses directly incurred in acquiring and developing software and capitalised as part of specific application
software.
2 Legal and professional fees include compensation of auditor which is disclosed in Note 7 - Compensation of auditor.
3 Other operating expenses mainly comprise non-recoverable proportion of goods and services tax (GST), travel, insurance and project
expenses.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
7 Compensation of auditor (continued)
The fees payable to the auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), Ernst & Young (EY) and predecessor auditor,
KMPG, are outlined in the below table:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Fees paid to auditor - PwC
Audit and review of financial statements
1
1,3881,046
Audit or review related services
Assurance engagements
2
4062
Agreed-upon procedures engagements
3
-21
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagements
4
73-
Agreed-upon procedures engagements--
Taxation services
5
-54
Other services
6
-33
Total compensation paid to PwC1,5011,216
Fees paid to auditor - EY
Audit and review of financial statements
1
692-
Audit or review related services-
Assurance engagements
7
119-
Agreed-upon procedures engagements--
Other assurance services and other agreed-upon procedures engagements
Assurance engagements--
Agreed-upon procedures engagements--
Taxation services--
Other services
8
332-
Total compensation paid to EY1,143-
Fees paid to predecessor auditor - KPMG
Audit and review of financial statements
1
-40
Total compensation paid to KPMG-40
Total compensation of auditor2,6441,256
1 Fees are for both the audit of the annual financial statements and review of the interim financial statements. This includes limited assurance
on disclosures of capital adequacy and regulatory liquidity requirements.
2 Fees in 2024 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on registry and trust deed
suprvisor reporting. Fees in 2023 are for reasonable assurance engagement for insurance solvency return, reasonable assurance on
registry, trust deed supervisor reporting, Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) regulatory reporting and Australian Financial Services
Licence (AFSL) assurance engagement.
3 Fees in 2023 are for agreed upon procedures engagements in relation to Seniors Warehouse Trusts.
4 Fees are for pre-conditions assessments and assurance relating to greenhouse gas emissions reporting.
5 For 2023, PwC was engaged to carry out tax work in respect of Stockco Australia’s 30 June 2023 tax returns prior to their appointment as
external auditor.
6 Other services paid to PwC in 2023 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages carried out prior to their appointment as external
auditors
7 Fees are for assurance services for APRA regulatory reporting and AFSL reporting.
8 Other services paid to EY in 2024 comprised actuarial services for reverse mortgages, actuarial services for stress testing, directors
remuneration review, executive reward survey report, executive remuneration review, CPS 234 information security plan review, hedge
accounting and other accounting advisory services, review of Australian banking policies and periodic assessment of StockCo funding
facilities and facilitation of strategy review workshop. Except for the actuarial services for reverse mortgages stress testing, all other
services were carried out prior to their appointment as external auditor.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
101
FINANCIAL RESULTS
100
8 Impaired asset expense
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Individually impaired asset expense13,70513,010
Collectively impaired asset expense34,13712,794
Total impaired asset expense excluding recovery of amounts
previously written off to the income statement
47,84225,804
Recovery of amounts previously written off to the income statement(1,419)(2,560)
Total impaired asset expense46,42323,244
Refer to Note – 13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost for provision for impairment details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
9 Taxation
Policy
Income tax
Income tax expense for the year comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax balances, including any
adjustment required for prior years’ tax expense. Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except
to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is
recognised in equity or other comprehensive income.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted
or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of
previous years. Current tax for current and prior years is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is
unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes and the amounts used for taxation
purposes. As required by NZ IAS 12 Income Taxes, a deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is
probable that a future taxable profit will be available to realise the asset.
Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST. As the Group is predominantly involved in providing
financial services, only a proportion of GST paid on inputs is recoverable. The non-recoverable proportion of GST
is treated as an expense or, if relevant, as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset.
Income tax expense
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Income tax recognised in profit or loss
Current tax
Current year35,99737,159
Adjustments for prior year(879)(1,556)
Tax at other rates590554
Deferred tax
Current year(5,446)1,457
Adjustments for prior year(581)304
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset372-
Tax at other rates(57)207
Total income tax expense recognised in profit or loss29,99638,125
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Current tax
Investment securities at fair value in fair value reserve357(246)
Fair value movements in derivatives held in cash flow hedge reserve(4,276)2,418
Total income tax expense recognised in other comprehensive income(3,919)2,172
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit before income tax104,545133,993
Tax at the local income tax rate (NZ: 28%, Australia: 30%)29,79738,175
Adjusted tax effect of items not deductible1,2871,202
Adjustments for prior year(1,460)(1,252)
Change in recognition of deferred tax372-
Total income tax expense29,99638,125
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
103
FINANCIAL RESULTS
102
9 Taxation (continued)
Deferred tax assets comprise the following temporary differences:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Employee expenses2,6362,516
Share Based payment-1,069
Provision for impairment21,52814,958
Intangibles and property plant and equipment(1,465)(1,529)
Deferred acquisition costs(6)(55)
Right of use assets(4,180)-
Lease liabilities4,834-
Operating lease vehicles(594)451
Deferred income(6,522)(6,938)
Prior year tax loss4,9118,540
Deductible prior year expense421593
Other temporary differences2,1641,500
Total deferred tax assets23,72721,105
Opening balance of deferred tax assets21,10523,074
Movement recognised in profit or loss6,084(1,969)
Transfer on acquisition of business820-
Utilisation of tax loss(3,910)-
Change in recognition of deferred tax asset(372)-
Closing balance of deferred tax assets23,72721,105
Imputation credit account
$000 ’sJune 2024June 2023
Imputation credits available for use in subsequent reporting periods46,42737,785
10 Earnings Per Share
June 2024June 2023
Earnings Per
Share
Cents
Net Profit
After Tax
$000’s
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
000’s
Earnings Per
Share
Cents
Net Profit
After Tax
$000’s
Weighted
Average No.
of Shares
000’s
Basic earnings9.8574,549757,04613.9695,868686,781
Diluted earnings9.8574,549757,04613.9695,868686,781
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
FINANCIAL POSITION
11 Investments
Policy
Investments are classified into one of the following categories:
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both through
collecting contractual cash flows or selling the financial asset. These investments include bank bonds, floating
rate notes, public sector securities, corporate bonds and equity investments where the Group has irrevocably
elected at initial recognition to measure at FVOCI. These are initially measured at fair value, including transaction
costs, and subsequently carried at fair value. Changes in fair value of these investments are recognised in other
comprehensive income and presented within the fair value reserve.
Fair value through profit or loss
Investments under this category are held within a business model whose objective is achieved through selling
the financial asset. These investments include government securities, bank bonds, floating rate notes and
equity investments and are measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Changes in fair value of these
investments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they occur.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Investments measured at FVOCI
Bank bonds and floating rate notes270,581305,310
Public sector securities and corporate bonds101,2359,882
Equity investments7,5759,665
Investments measured at FVTPL
Government securities, bank bonds and floating rate notes
1
706,840-
Equity investments5,9005,383
Total investments1,092,131330,240
1 Includes HBA’s investments measured at fair value through profit or loss. Refer to Note 21 - Fair value for further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
105
FINANCIAL RESULTS
104
12 Derivative financial instruments
Policy
The Group uses derivatives for risk management purposes. Derivatives held for risk management purposes are
placed into hedges that either meet hedge accounting requirements, or economic hedges not placed into an
accounting hedge relationship.
Derivatives are recognised at their fair value, with the derivatives being carried as assets when their fair value is
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
A hedged item is an asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecast transaction that exposes the
Group to risk of changes in fair value or cash flows, and that is designated as being hedged. The Group applies
fair value hedge accounting to hedge movements in the value of fixed interest rate assets and liabilities subject
to interest rate risk. The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to hedge the variability in highly probable
forecast future cash flows attributable to interest rate risk on variable rate assets and liabilities.
Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are held as economic hedges. Changes in the
fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in
the statement of comprehensive income and disclosed within Other income.
Fair value hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and
consistent with the originally documented risk management strategy, and
• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.
The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether
the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of
hedged items.
Subsequent to initial designation, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify for
fair value hedge accounting are recorded through profit or loss alongside any changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
Where the hedged item is carried at amortised cost, the movement in fair value of the hedged item attributable
to the hedged risk is made as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability. When a
hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the
adjustment to carrying amount of a hedged item carried at amortised cost is amortised to the statement of
comprehensive income on an effective yield basis over the remaining period to maturity of the hedged item.
Where a hedged item carried at amortised cost is derecognised from the balance sheet, the adjustment to the
carrying amount of the asset or liability is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
The criteria that must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting include:
• the hedging relationship must be formally designated and documented at inception of the hedge,
• effectiveness testing must be carried out on an on-going basis to ensure the hedge is effective and
consistent with the originally documented risk management strategy, and
• the instruments or counterparty must be a third party external to the Group.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedged items and hedging
instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.
The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of
hedged items.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Cash flow hedge accounting (continued)
A fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge
is recognised initially in the hedging reserve. The ineffective portion of a fair value gain or loss is recognised
immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.
When a hedging derivative expires or is sold, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or
the Group elects to revoke the hedge designation, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative remains
in the cash flow hedging reserve until the forecast transaction occurs and affects income, at which point it
is transferred to the corresponding income or expense line. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to
occur, the cumulative gain or loss on the hedging derivative previously reported in the cash flow hedging reserve
is immediately transferred to the statement of comprehensive income.
Net Investment hedge
The Group held investments in foreign operations, where changes in net assets resulting from changes in
foreign currency rate were recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.
Where the Group hedges the currency translation risk arising from net investments in foreign operations, the
gains and losses on the hedging instruments are also reflected in other comprehensive income to the extent
the hedge is effective. When all or part of a foreign operation is disposed, the cumulative value of the exchange
difference is recognised in profit or loss.
The Group actively manages interest rate risk by entering into derivative contracts to hedge against movements
in interest rates. As permitted by NZ IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting
requirements of NZ IAS 39.
The Group’s approach to managing market risk, including interest rate risk, is disclosed in Note 25 – Interest rate risk.
The Group actively manages residual interest rate risk from the net exposure of its underlying assets and liabilities,
associated with the mismatch of the interest rate repricing profiles of its interest earning assets and interest
bearing liabilities, by entering into interest rate swaps to hedge against movements in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps are bilateral derivative contracts with commitments to exchange one set of cash flows for
another resulting in an economic exchange of interest rates (for example, fixed rate for floating rate) without
exchange of principal. Interest rate swap notional values indicate the volume of transactions outstanding at the
end of the financial year and provide basis for comparison with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do
not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved, therefore don’t indicate the Group’s exposure
to credit or market risks. The fair values of derivative instruments and their notional values are set out in the below
table.
June 2024June 2023
$000’s
Notional
Principal
Fair Value
Assets
Fair Value
Liabilities
Notional
Principal
Fair Value
Assets
Fair Value
Liabilities
Interest rate related contracts
Held as economic hedges344,598293782 260,6506,539-
Designated as cash flow hedges885,9034,6584,609850,06815,398941
Designated as fair value hedges424,5027,3653,626543,20015,0456,683
Interest rate swaps1,655,00312,3169,0171,653,91836,9827,624
Foreign currency related contracts
Held as economic hedges---1681-
Foreign currency related contracts---1681-
Total derivative financial
instruments
1,655,00312,3169,017 1,654,08636,9837,624
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
107
FINANCIAL RESULTS
106
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Micro cash flow hedge accounting is applied to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the Group’s floating
rate domestic borrowings and deposits by using ‘receive floating / pay fixed’ interest rate swaps to fix the cost of
floating interest rate borrowings and deposits.
Micro fair value hedge accounting is applied to receive fixed interest rate swaps designated as hedges of interest
rate risk arising from fixed-rate subordinated notes and retail bond, and to pay fixed interest rate swaps designated
as hedges of interest rate risk arising from fixed-rate investment securities.
The Group determines whether an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument
exists based on an assessment of the qualitative characteristics of this hedged item and the hedged risk,
supported by quantitative analysis. Close alignment of the critical terms of the hedged item and hedging
instrument is also considered a strong indication of the presence of an economic relationship by the Group.
The Group establishes a hedge ratio by aligning the par amount of the exposure to be hedged and the notional
amount of the interest rate swap designated as a hedging instrument.
Retrospective testing for each reporting period uses a regression model, which compares the change in the fair
value of the hedged item and the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. For a hedge to be deemed
effective, the change in fair values should be within 80% and 125% of each other. Should the result fall outside this
range the hedge would be deemed ineffective and recognised immediately through the income statement in line
with each hedge relationship policy above.
The hedge relationship is reviewed on a monthly basis and the hedging instruments and hedged items are de-
designated and re-designated, if necessary, based on the effectiveness test results and changes in the hedged
exposure.
Hedge ineffectiveness may arise from timing difference on repricing between the hedged item and the hedging
instrument, difference in timing of their cash flows, or due to changes in the counterparties’ credit risk affecting the
fair value of hedging instruments.
The following table shows the maturity and interest rate risk profiles of the interest rate swaps as hedging
instruments in continuing fair value and cash flow hedge relationships.
$000’s
0-6
Months
6-12
Months
1-2
Years
2-5
Years
5+
YearsTotal
June 2024
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts45,00040,000232,851568,052-885,903
Average interest rate5.20%5.15%4.71%4.59%--
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts10,00250,00055,400209,100-324,502
Average interest rate1.63%0.73%0.47%4.59%--
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts---100,000-100,000
Average interest rate---4.30%--
Total interest rate risk
nominal amount
55,00290,000288,251877,152- 1,310,405
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
$000’s
0-6
Months
6-12
Months
1-2
Years
2-5
Years
5+
YearsTotal
June 2023
Interest rate risk
Cash flow hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts-20,000295,000535,068-850,068
Average interest rate-4.22%3.78%4.00%--
Fair value hedge relationships
Pay fixed
Nominal amounts54,70038,00060,000160,4005,100318,200
Average interest rate1.17%0.77%0.88%3.06%1.51%-
Receive fixed
Nominal amounts-125,000-100,000-225,000
Average interest rate-1.78%-4.30%--
Total interest rate risk nominal amount54,700183,000355,000795,4685,100 1,393,268
The following table sets out the accumulated fair value adjustments arising from the corresponding fair value
hedge relationships and the outcome of the changes in fair value of the hedged item as well as the hedging
instruments used as the basis for recognising effectiveness.
As at
30 June 2024
For the year ended
30 June 2024
$000’s
Carrying
value
Accumulated
amount of fair value
hedge adjustment
Gain/(loss)
recognised in
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments361,808(4,390)10,036
Other borrowings(99,706)721(4,610)
Total262,102(3,669)5,426
Interest rate swaps3,7393,739(5,303)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial
instruments recognised in other income
123
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
109
FINANCIAL RESULTS
108
12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)
As at
30 June 2023
For the year ended
30 June 2023
$000’s
Carrying
value
Accumulated
amount of fair value
hedge adjustment
Gain/(loss)
recognised in
income statement
Interest rate risk
Investments290,723(14,893)2,620
Other borrowings(221,956)5,331473
Total68,767(9,562)3,093
Interest rate swaps8,3628,362(3,133)
Hedge ineffectiveness of financial
instruments recognised in other income
(40)
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items that
have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses is nil (2023: nil).
The balance of the cash flow hedge reserve, amounts recognised in the reserve, and amounts transferred out of
the reserve are shown in the following table.
June 2024June 2023
$000’s
Cash flow
hedge
reserveFCTR¹
Cash flow
hedge
reserveFCTR¹
Cash flow hedges
Balance at beginning of year15,075-7,959-
Transferred to the income statement(744)-(1,771)-
Net (loss)/gain from change in fair value(14,233)-11,305-
Net movement before tax(14,977)-9,534-
Tax on net movement in cash flow hedge reserve4,276-(2,418)-
Balance at end of year4,374-15,075-
Net investment hedge---2,537
During the year ended 30 June 2024, a gain of $0.9 million was recognised in fair value gain on derivative financial
instruments in the statement of comprehensive income related to hedge ineffectiveness from cash flow hedge
relationships (2023: $0.7 million).
There were no transactions for which cash flow hedge accounting had to be ceased as a result of the highly
probable cash flows no longer being expected to occur (2023: nil).
There are $2.5 million (2023: $10.1 million) of balances recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve for which hedge
accounting is no longer applied on the basis that the associated variable cash flows are still expected to occur over
the lifetime of the original hedge relationships. The associated cash flow hedge reserve is being released over the
period of the original hedge relationship which has since been de-designated.
1 Represents the accumulated effective amount of the hedging instrument deferred to Foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR) and is
related to hedge relationship for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
Policy
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost are initially recognised at fair value plus incremental direct
transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less
any impairment loss.
Fees and direct costs relating to loan origination, financing and loan commitments are deferred and amortised
to interest income over the life of the loan using the effective interest rate method. Lending fees not directly
related to the origination of a loan are recognised over the period of service.
$000 ’sJune 2024June 2023
Gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,343,2674,387,480
Less provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214
Due within one year1,050,4481,172,487
Due more than one year3,292,8193,214,993
Less provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)
Net finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
111
FINANCIAL RESULTS
110
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Policy
Impairment of finance receivables measured at amortised cost
At each reporting date, the Group applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL)
of finance receivables not carried at fair value. The ECL model assesses whether there has been a significant
increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Exposures are assessed on a collective basis in each stage unless there is sufficient evidence that one or more
events associated with an exposure could have a detrimental impact on estimated future cash flows. Where
such evidence exists, the exposure is assessed on an individual basis.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, finance receivables are grouped based on shared
credit risk characteristics, credit risk ratings, contractual term, date of initial recognition, remaining term to
maturity, customer type and other relevant factors.
The ECL model is a forward-looking model where impairment allowances are recognised before losses are
actually incurred. On initial recognition, an impairment allowance is required, based on events that are possible
in the next 12 months.
Assets may migrate between the following stages based on their change in credit quality:
Stage 1 - 12 months ECL (past due 30 days or less)
Where there has been no evidence of increased credit risk since initial recognition, and finance receivables are
not credit impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime ECL associated with the probability of default
events occurring within the next 12 months is recognised.
Stage 2 - Lifetime ECL not credit impaired (greater than 30 but less than 90 days past due)
Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
Stage 3 - Lifetime ECL credit impaired (90 days past due or more)
Objective evidence of impairment, are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired.
Credit quality of financial assets
The Group internally computes probability of default using historical default data, to assess the potential risk of
default of the lending, or other financial services products, provided to counterparties or customers. The Group
has defined counterparty probabilities of default across consumer, retail, business and rural portfolios.
The Group considers a receivable to be in default when contractual payments are 90 days or more past due,
or when it is considered unlikely that the credit obligation to the Group will be paid in full without recourse to
actions, such as realisation of security.
Finance receivables are written off against the related impairment allowance when there is no reasonable
expectation of recovery. Any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to credit impairment
expense in profit or loss.
In determining whether credit risk has increased all available information relevant to the assessment of
economic conditions at the reporting date are taken into consideration. To do this the Group considers its
historical loss experience and adjusts this for current observable data. In addition to this the Group uses
reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions including experienced judgement to
estimate the amount of an expected impairment loss. Future economic conditions consider macroeconomic
factors such as unemployment, interest rate, gross domestic product, and inflation, and requires an evaluation
of both the current and forecast direction of the economic cycle. The methodology and assumptions
including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly as incorporating forward-looking
information increases the level of judgement as to how changes in these macroeconomic factors will affect the
ECL.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Policy (continued)
The calculation of expected credit loss is modelled for portfolios of like assets. For portfolios which are either
new or too small to model, judgement is used to determine impairment provisions.
For assets that are individually assessed for ECL, the allowance for ECL is calculated directly as the difference
between the defaulted assets carrying value and the recoverable amount (being the present value of expected
future cash flows, including cashflows from the realisation of collateral or guarantees, where applicable).
Modification of contractual cash flows
The Group sometimes modifies the terms of loans provided to customers due to commercial renegotiations, or
for distressed loans, with a view to maximising recovery.
Such restructuring activities include extended payment term arrangements, payment holidays and payment
forgiveness. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of
management, indicate that payment will most likely continue.
These policies are kept under continuous review. Restructuring is most commonly applied to term loans.
Information is not presented in respect of other financial assets or credit related contingent liabilities as the related
allowances for ECL are not material to the Group.
The Group’s models for estimating ECL for each of its portfolios are based on the historical credit experience
of those portfolios. The models assume that economic conditions remain static over time, and the provision is
calculated as a point in time estimate. In FY2024, Heartland introduced a new methodology to calculating the
Forward-Looking provision (that is, the change in provision as economic conditions change) for Motor. This includes
building distribution curves based on previous loss rates. The Group then applies judgement to determine which
loss rate applies to the upside, central, and downside scenario depending on how economic conditions may change
in the foreseeable future. Subsequently, the loss rates are applied to current Motor receivables as at the reporting
date to calculate forward-looking provisions under different economic scenarios.
The most significant and judgemental provision for impairment is on the motor vehicle lending with a collective ECL
of $29.9 million at 30 June 2024 (2023: $15.1 million) which includes $1.0 million for a forward looking position allowing
for the impact of multiple economic scenarios.
As part of this assessment, three different economic indicators have been assessed. The assessment is based
on the macroeconomic variables which the motor vehicle portfolio is most sensitive to. This includes consumer
price index (inflation), the unemployment rate, and the OCR. However, management believes the most sensitive
macroeconomic variable is unemployment, followed by CPI, then OCR. Therefore, the tables below present the
forecasts for both the unemployment rate and CPI. The modelled provision for the motor vehicle lending is a
probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios. The forecast of unemployment across all three scenarios
uses consensus external data obtained from external economic experts, as well as, an average of forecasts from
the relevant big four banks.
The forecast assumes the following for unemployment and CPI for all three scenarios:
Unemployment Rate2024/20252025/20262026/2027
Upside4.68%4.58%4.50%
Central5.13%5.03%4.80%
Downside6.10%6.28%5.40%
CPI2024/20252025/20262026/2027
Upside2.00%2.00%1.90%
Central2.30%2.05%2.10%
Downside2.70%2.40%2.60%
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
113
FINANCIAL RESULTS
112
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
The probability weights assigned to each scenario are based on management’s estimate of their relative likelihood.
The following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group as at 30 June 2024:
Upside 10%
Central 50%
Downside 40%
The weightings are based on management’s belief that there is still significant downside risk, uncertainty, and
stresses in future economic conditions. Therefore, management has applied a 40% probability on the downside
scenario. The following sensitivity table shows the provision for impairment based on the probability weighted
scenarios and what the impairment allowance for motor vehicle lending would be assuming a 100% weighting is
applied to the three scenarios with all other assumptions held constant.
Reported probability weighted impairment allowance $29.9 million
100% Upside $28.8 million
100% Central $29.0 million
100% Downside $31.7 million
The following table details the movement from the opening balance to the closing balance of the provision for
impairment losses by class.
Collectively Assessed
Individually
AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
June 2024
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202313,0092,46321,49916,29553,266
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(769)(5,687)4,4781,978-
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
1,9548,42225,73911,72747,842
Credit impairment charge
1,1852,73530,21713,70547,842
Write-offs--(17,451)(7,518)(24,969)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate-(1)16-15
Acquisition of subsidiary167---167
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 2024
14,3615,19734,28122,48276,321
June 2023
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202220,2561,95814,60215,18952,005
Changes in loss allowance
Transfer between stages
1
(8,226)(3,864)3,7588,332-
New and increased provision (net of provision
releases)
1
9834,36915,7744,67825,804
Credit impairment charge
(7,243)50519,53213,01025,804
Write-offs--(12,612)(11,904)(24,516)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate(4)-(23)-(27)
Impairment allowance as at 30 June 202313,0092,46321,49916,29553,266
1 The increase in provision when a loan moves to a higher stage is included in New and increased provision (net of provision releases) in
the higher stage to which the loan moved. The decrease in provision when a loan moves to a lower stage is included in New and increased
provision (net of provision releases) in the higher stage from which the loan moved.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
13 Finance receivables measured at amortised cost (continued)
Impact of changes in gross finance receivables measured at amortised cost on allowance for ECL
Collectively Assessed
Individually
AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
30 June 2024
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost as at 30 June 2023
4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480
Acquisition of subsidiary61,179---61,179
Transfer between stages(261,729)95,866112,11153,752-
Additions1,284,203---1,284,203
Deletions(1,269,748)(36,077)(60,382)(2,592) (1,368,799)
Write-offs(226)(628)(16,305)(7,810)(24,969)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate4,16625-4,173
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost as at 30 June 2024
3,888,443241,633116,72396,4684,343,267
30 June 2023
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost as at 30 June 2022
3,967,917118,42446,11466,3714,198,826
Transfer between stages(237,955)161,60564,62711,723-
Additions1,412,648--9,3261,421,974
Deletions(1,072,012)(97,559)(17,068)(15,194)(1,201,833)
Write-offs--(12,379)(19,108)(31,487)
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost as at 30 June 2023
4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480
Impact of changes in gross exposures on loss allowances
Overall credit impairment provisions increased by $23.0 million (43.3%) for the year ended 30 June 2024, mainly due
to the shift of $137.9 million (3.1%) of gross receivables moving to advanced stages associated with deteriorating
credit quality.
As at 30 June 2024, there were $0.03 million undrawn lending commitments available to counterparties for whom
drawn balances are classified as individually impaired (2023: nil).
As at 30 June 2024, the contractual amount outstanding on loans to customers written off during the year and are
still subject to enforcement activity was nil (2023: nil).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
115
FINANCIAL RESULTS
114
14 Operating lease vehicles
Policy
Operating lease vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Operating lease vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life after allowing
for any residual values. The estimated lives of these vehicles vary up to five years. Vehicles held for sale are not
depreciated but are tested for impairment.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Cost
Opening balance22,91320,450
Additions6,7328,766
Disposals(3,454)(6,303)
Closing balance26,19122,913
Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance5,9475,289
Depreciation charge for the year3,9023,461
Disposals(1,919)(2,803)
Closing balance7,9305,947
Opening net book value16,96615,161
Closing net book value18,26116,966
The future minimum lease payments receivable under operating leases not later than one year is $5.037 million (2023:
$4.086 million), within one to five years is $7.192 million (2023: $7.598 million) and over five years is $0.002 million (2023: nil).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
15 Borrowings
Policy
Borrowings and deposits are initially recognised at fair value including incremental direct transaction costs.
They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
The Group hedges interest rate risk on certain debt issues. When fair value hedge accounting is applied to fixed
rate debt issues, the carrying values are adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Deposits
Short-term interest bearing deposits1,399,1891,493,190
Non-interest bearing deposits38,1939,205
Term deposits4,511,7342,628,630
Total borrowings related to deposits5,949,1164,131,025
Other borrowings
Unsubordinated notes458,019385,482
Subordinated notes153,73297,794
Securitised borrowings1,369,3941,713,737
Certificate of deposit59,618148,110
Bank borrowings-131,248
Money market borrowings-20,004
Total other borrowings2,040,7632,496,375
Total deposits and other borrowings7,989,8796,627,400
Due within one year6,150,0444,731,388
Due more than one year1,839,8351,896,012
Total deposits and other borrowings7,989,8796,627,400
Deposits and unsubordinated notes rank equally and are unsecured.
Unsubordinated notes
Unsubordinated notes include short and long-term retail bonds and medium term notes. Medium term notes are
issued in both New Zealand and Australian dollars to eligible non-retail investors in compliance with applicable laws.
The Group has the following unsubordinated notes on issue at balance sheet date.
Retail bonds and medium term notes
$000’s
Frequency of
interest repaymentJune 2024June 2023Maturity Date
NZ $125 millionSemi-annually-122,16512 April 2024
NZ $20 millionSemi-annually20,302-27 March 2028
AU $45 million
1
Quarterly49,97449,471 9 July 2024
AU $30 million
1
Quarterly33,28532,5859 July 2024
AU $220 millionQuarterly242,543125,92513 May 2025
AU $100 millionQuarterly111,91555,3365 October 2027
Total retail bonds and medium term notes458,019385,482
The Group actively engages facility providers in commercial negotiations including tenor extensions, increase in
facility limits, refinancing arrangements, and other commercial terms. The Group has a track record of extending
or refinancing funding arrangements as they fall due and does not anticipate any difficultly in doing so when the
facilities above expire.
1 Medium term notes, matured on 9 July 2024, were fully repaid.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
117
FINANCIAL RESULTS
116
15 Borrowings (continued)
Subordinated notes
NZD Subordinated notes
On 28 April 2023, HBL, a subsidiary of the Group, issued $100 million of subordinated unsecured notes (NZD
Subordinated notes) to New Zealand investors and certain overseas institutional investors pursuant to the terms
of the Subordinated Unsecured Notes Deed Poll in accordance with the laws of New Zealand. NZD Subordinated
notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory capital requirements and will mature on 28 April 2033.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.51% for a period of 5 years until 28 April 2028, after which it will reset to quarterly
floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Rate plus 3.2% Issue Margin. The quarterly
payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBL being solvent at the time of, and
immediately following the interest payment.
Early Redemption
HBL may choose to repay all or some of the subordinated notes for their face value together with accrued interest
(if any) on 28 April 2028 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated notes for
certain tax or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject to certain
conditions, including HBL obtaining the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) prior written approval and HBL being
solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
• Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBL;
• equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the
subordinated notes and;
• ahead of the rights of the HBL’s shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBL that rank
behind the subordinated notes.
AUD Subordinated notes
On 28 June 2024, HBA, a subsidiary of the Group, issued A$50 million of subordinated unsecured notes (AUD
Subordinated notes) pursuant to the terms of the Debt Issuance Programme in accordance with the laws of
Australia. AUD Subordinated notes are treated as Tier 2 capital under HBA regulatory capital requirements and will
mature on 28 June 2034. AUD Subordinated notes do not qualify for treatment as Tier 2 capital under HBL regulatory
capital requirements.
Interest payable
The interest rate is a floating rate equal to the sum of the applicable 3-month Bank Bill Swap Rate plus 3.7% Issue
Margin. The quarterly payment of interest in respect of the subordinated notes are subject to HBA being solvent at
the time of, and immediately following the interest payment.
Early Redemption
HBA may elect to repay the subordinated notes before 28 June 2034 in part or in full at their face value together with
accrued interest on 28 June 2029 or any interest payment date thereafter. Early redemption of all the subordinated
notes for certain tax or regulatory events is permitted on an interest payment date. Early redemption is subject
to certain conditions, including HBA obtaining the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) prior written
approval and HBA being solvent at the time.
Ranking
The claims of the holders of the subordinated notes will rank:
• Behind the claims of all depositors and other creditors of HBA;
• equally with the claims of other holders of any other securities and obligations that rank equally with the
subordinated notes and;
• ahead of the rights of the HBA’s shareholders and holders of any other securities and obligations of HBA that
rank behind the subordinated notes.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
15 Borrowings (continued)
Securitised Borrowings
The Group had the following securitised borrowings outstanding as at 30 June 2024:
Securitisation facility June 2024June 2023
$000’sCurrencyLimitDrawnLimitDrawn Maturity Date
AUDNZDAUDNZD
Heartland Auto Receivable
Warehouse (HARWT)
NZD- 600,000 484,422 - 400,000 227,054 27 Mar 2028
Seniors Warehouse Trust
(SWT)
1
AU- - - 600,000 651,537 622,344 30 Sep 2025
StockCo Securitisation Trust
2021-1 (StockCo)
AU 250,000 273,733 155,581 300,000 325,768 271,739 16 Dec 2025
Seniors Warehouse Trust No.
2 (SWT2)
AU 750,000 821,198 596,669 450,000 488,652 457,657 24 Apr 2026
Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas)
2
AU- - 132,722 - - 134,943 24 Sep 2050
Total securitised borrowings1,694,9311,369,3941,865,9571,713,737
• HARWT notes issued to investors are secured over motor vehicle loans.
• StockCo notes issued to investors are secured over livestock loans.
• SWT, SWT2 and Atlas notes issued to investors are secured over reverse mortgage loans.
Net debt reconciliation
The below table sets out net cash flow and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Balance as at beginning of year2,496,3752,578,213
Proceeds from wholesale borrowings1,743,5101,264,359
Repayment of wholesale borrowings(2,362,786)(1,208,292)
Proceeds from issue of unsubordinated notes189,58887,589
Repayment of unsubordinated notes(123,764)(330,300)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated debt51,57297,934
Total cash movements(501,880)(88,710)
Acquisition of debt from purchase of subsidiary2,574-
Capitalised interest and fee expense30,79134,809
Fair value movements805(473)
Foreign exchange and other movements12,098(27,464)
Total non-cash movements46,2686,872
Balance as at the end of year2,040,7632,496,375
1 SWT drawn balance was fully repaid on 24 April 2024 and the facility was cancelled with effect from 1 May 2024.
2 Atlas is a closed securitisation trust due to its predefined asset composition and outstanding borrowings balance, fixed throughout its
operational life. As such, there is no facility limit applicable to Atlas issued notes.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
119
FINANCIAL RESULTS
118
16 Share capital and dividends
Policy
Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares
and share options are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effect.
June 2024
Number of
Shares
June 2023
Number of
Shares
Issued shares
Opening balance709,658592,904
Shares issued during the year211,868112,417
Shares issued - dividend reinvestment plan9,0354,337
Closing balance930,561709,658
HGH completed a capital raise during the year which comprised an institutional share placement (Placement) and
a 1 for 6.85 accelerated non-renounceable entitlement offer (Entitlement Offer), offered to eligible institutional
shareholders (Institutional Entitlement Offer) and eligible retail shareholders (Retail Entitlement Offer). H G H
issued 131,949,647 shares for total proceeds of $131.9 million on 15 April 2024 under the Institutional Entitlement Offer
and 79,102,644 shares at $1.00 per share ($79.1 million) on 26 April 2024 under the Retail Entitlement Offer. The total
value of shares issued was $210.0 million with $6.3 million of transaction costs recognised in relation to this share
issuance.
On 19 September 2023, HGH issued a further 1,275,194 shares at $0.60 per share ($0.8 million) under the Long Term
Incentive Scheme of HGH (LTI Scheme), of which 459,070 shares at $1.74 per share ($0.8 million) were acquired by
HGH pursuant to the buyback offer to the participants to fund the tax liability arising for those participants upon
receipt of shares under the LTI Scheme.
The Group issued 4,790,946 new shares at $1.69 per share ($8.1 million) on 22 September 2023 and 4,243,768 new
shares at $1.27 per share ($5.4 million) on 20 March 2024 under the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the period
(2023: 4,336,812 new shares at $1.64 per share ($7.1 million) on 23 March 2023 under the DRP for the period).
The ordinary shares have no par value. Each ordinary share of HGH carries the right to vote on a poll at meetings
of shareholders, the right to an equal share in dividends and the right to an equal share in the distribution of the
surplus assets of HGH in the event of liquidation.
Dividends paid
June 2024June 2023
Date
Declared
Cents
Per Share$000’s
Date
Declared
Cents
Per Share$000’s
Final dividend28 August 20236.042,57924 August 20225.532,609
Interim dividend26 February 20244.028,611 28 February 20235.538,793
Total dividends paid71,19071,402
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
17 Other reserves
$000’s
Employee
Benefit
Reserve
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
(FCTR)
Fair Value
Reserve
Cash Flow
Hedge
ReserveTotal
June 2024
Balance as at 30 June 20233,581(8,438)(3,978)15,0756,240
Movements attributable to net investments in
foreign operations
-1,773--1,773
Movements attributable to fair value hedges--1,282-1,282
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges---(14,977)(14,977)
Movements attributable to fair value changes
for the financial instruments at FVOCI
--(3,152)-(3,152)
Income tax effect--(357)4,2763,919
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
net of income tax
-1,773(2,227)(10,701)(11,155)
Share based payments(2,816)---(2,816)
Vesting of share based payments(765)---(765)
Balance as at 30 June 2024- (6,665)(6,205)4,374(8,496)
June 2023
Balance as at 30 June 20224,646(1,635)(1,034)7,9599,936
Movements attributable to net investments in
foreign operations
-(6,803)--(6,803)
Movements attributable to fair value hedges--(779)-(779)
Movements attributable to cash flow hedges---9,5349,534
Movements attributable to fair value changes for
the financial instruments at FVOCI
--(2,411)-(2,411)
Income tax effect246(2,418)(2,172)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) net
of income tax
- (6,803)(2,944)7,116(2,631)
Share based payments105---105
Vesting of share based payments(1,170)---(1,170)
Balance as at 30 June 20233,581(8,438)(3,978)15,0756,240
Employee benefit reserve
Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of the Group’s fair value estimate of equity instruments expected
to vest under share-based compensation plan.
FCTR
Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign operations are accumulated in the Foreign
currency translation reserve and recognised in other comprehensive income. The cumulative amount is reclassified
to profit or loss when a foreign operation is disposed of.
Fair value reserve
Includes changes in the fair value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive
income, net of tax. For debt securities, these changes are reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is
disposed. For equity securities, these changes are not reclassified to the profit or loss when the asset is disposed.
Cash flow hedge reserve
This includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of the designated cash flow hedging
instruments, net of tax.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
121
FINANCIAL RESULTS
120
18 Other balance sheet items
Policy
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment (if any).
Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost or revalued amount of each asset over
its expected life to its estimated residual value.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Other assets
Trade receivables194430
GST receivables4,402562
Prepayments¹6,21811,931
Property, plant and equipment²22,03114,241
Other receivables2,340826
Total other assets35,18527,990
Policy
Intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Software acquired or internally developed by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses. Expenditure on software assets is capitalised only when it increases the future
economic value of that asset. Certain internal and external costs directly incurred in acquiring and developing
software are capitalised when specific criteria are met. Costs incurred on planning or evaluating software
proposals during the research phase or on maintaining systems after implementation are not capitalised.
Amortisation of software is on a straight line basis, at rates which will write off the cost over the assets’
estimated useful lives. The expected useful life of the software varies up to ten years.
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements
SaaS arrangements are service agreements that grant the Group the right to access the cloud provider’s
application software over the contract period. Costs associated with configuring or customising the software,
along with ongoing fees for accessing the cloud provider’s application, are recognised as operating expenses
when the services are received.
Some of these costs pertain to developing software code that enhances or modifies, or creates additional
capability to, existing on-premise systems and qualifies as an intangible asset based on its definition and
recognition criteria.
The Group capitalises costs incurred in configuring or customising certain suppliers’ application software
within specific cloud computing arrangements as intangible assets as the Group considers that it would benefit
from those costs to implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing
arrangements. However, such capitalisation occurs only if the activities result in creating an intangible asset
that the Group has control over and meets the necessary recognition criteria. Costs that do not meet the
criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets are expensed as incurred unless they are paid to the suppliers
(or subcontractors of the supplier) of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based
software for the Group (i.e., such services are not distinct from the Group’s right to receive access to the
supplier’s cloud-based software). In the latter case, the upfront costs are recorded as prepayments for services
and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud computing arrangements.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest
in the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill that has an indefinite useful life is not subject
to amortisation and is tested for impairment annually. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment
losses.
1 Prepayments at 30 June 2023 included $3.9 million deposit paid for the conditional acquisition of HBA.
2 Property, plant and equipment include rural property worth $7.8 million, which has undergone a change in use from investment property
during the year.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Computer software
Software - cost
1
88,53348,513
Software under development5,69228,391
Accumulated amortisation(37,443)(31,944)
Net carrying value of computer software56,78244,960
Goodwill208,723184,422
Net carrying value of goodwill208,723184,422
Banking licence14,4016,351
Total intangible assets279,906235,733
Banking Licence
On 30 April 2024 Heartland Group Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the shares of CBL, holder of a full Australian
Authorised Deposit-Taking Institution (ADI) Licence, from Challenger Limited. HGH and CBL jointly applied to the
Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) for approval to expand the range of products CBL offers and
to amend CBL’s APRA approved business plan to integrate with HGH’s existing Australian based financial services
business.
Costs directly attributable to the application have been recognised as Banking Licence intangible asset as the
Banking Licence will have an indefinite life with no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset will generate
benefits for the business.
Goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units. A Cash Generating Unit
(CGU) is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash inflows. The Group has assessed
that goodwill should be allocated to the smallest identifiable CGU or group of CGUs.
During the year, the Group had also recognised provisional goodwill from the acquisition of HBA (refer to Note 19 –
Acquisition for further details).
The Group previously allocated goodwill to Heartland Bank Limited representing the New Zealand banking business,
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited representing the Australian reverse mortgage lending business and
StockCo Australia Group representing the Australian specialist livestock finance business.
Pursuant to the acquisition of CBL, CBL and the Australian reverse mortgage lending and livestock financing
businesses were transferred into HBA (collectively the Australian businesses). The performance of the Australian
businesses is not monitored as separate business units but rather aggregated within HBA. The management
structure has also been reorganised to reflect this, and general managers, responsible for product categories,
report into one HBA management team. This represents a change in the way in which goodwill is monitored
internally, and has resulted in a reallocation of goodwill to the group of CGUs represented by the Australian
businesses. There were no indicators of impairment of goodwill immediately prior to the acquisition and business
reorganisation.
CGU / Group of CGUsGoodwill
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Heartland Bank Limited29,799 29,799
Heartland Bank Australia Limited (previously Challenger Bank Limited)178,924 -
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited-15,344
StockCo Australia Group²-139,279
Total goodwill208,723 184,422
1 The increase in software - cost is related to capitalised costs associated with the core banking system upgrade completed during the year
ended 30 June 2024.
2 Comprising StockCo Holdings 2 Pty Limited and StockCo Australia Management Pty Limited as stated in Note 26 – Significant subsidiaries.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
123
FINANCIAL RESULTS
122
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Goodwill (continued)
Impairment testing of goodwill
Further information about goodwill impairment tests performed for CGUs or group of CGUs is provided below.
Heartland Bank Limited (HBL) - $29.8 million
The recoverable amount of the CGU was determined on a value in use (VIU) basis using a discounted cash flow
methodology. The model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the respective
Boards and extended out based on long term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash
flows after year five of the forecast was 2.0% (2023: 2.0%), and a discount rate of 10.0% (2023: 10.0%) for HBL
was applied which reflect both past experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment
assessment indicates significant headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as
growth rate or discount rate would lead to impairment.
HBA group of CGUs (comprising the CGUs of Heartland Bank Australia Limited, Heartland Australia Holdings Pty
Limited and StockCo Australia Group) - $178.9 million
The recoverable amount is determined based on fair value less cost to sell by using an earnings multiple applicable
to the group of CGUs. The category of this fair value is Level 3. Earnings multiples relating to the group of CGUs are
sourced from publicly available data associated with comparable Australasian Financial Services companies to the
group of CGUs, and are applied to the projected earnings for the next twelve months. The key assumption is the
price-earnings (P/E) multiple observed for these businesses, the average of which for the comparable businesses
were in the range of 14.0x-16.0x. For goodwill to be impaired for this group of CGUs, the forecast earnings for the
next twelve months would need to decrease by between 15.9% and 26.4%.
No impairment losses have been recognised against the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended 30 June
2024 (2023: nil).
The following information is in relation to the impairment tests performed for HAH and StockCo Australia Group for
the comparative period.
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty Limited (HAH)
The recoverable amount of the businesses was determined on a VIU basis using a discounted cash flow
methodology. The model uses a five-year cash flow forecast based on the latest budget approved by the Board
and extended out based on long-term growth rates. The long-term growth rate applied to the future cash flows
after year five of the forecast was 2.5% for HAH, and a discount rate of 10.0% was applied which reflect both past
experience and external sources of information. The goodwill impairment assessment indicates significant
headroom, and that no foreseeable adjustments to key assumptions such as growth rate or discount rate would
lead to impairment.
StockCo Australia Group
The recoverable amount of the business was determined on a fair value less cost to sell basis using a discounted
cash flow methodology. The model uses a four-year cash flow forecast based on the latest growth target approved
by the Board and extended out based on growth expectations for the business. This valuation methodology uses
level three inputs in terms of the fair value hierarchy in NZ IFRS 13. The following drivers and key assumptions are
used in the model:
• Annual lending growth which has been forecasted based on management’s current expectations of growth
in the specialist livestock financing portfolio. In forming these expectations management has referenced the
current and expected outlook in the overall Australian cattle and lamb markets and factored in pricing and
growth strategies relative to market outlook. This includes targeting new customer segments and distribution
channels to broaden reach.
• Gross interest income (including interest yield) which represents the pricing of the products which factors in
market outlook and new customer segments and are estimated based on management’s past experience.
• Cost of funds which was projected based on the forward curve for bank bill rate plus a margin at the date of
assessment, representing the expected funding structure of an analogous Australian ADI noting that the Group
is working towards obtaining an Australian ADI licence.
• Terminal growth rate of 2.4% after year five of the forecast and discount rate of 12.0%, which reflects external
sources of information.
The recoverable amount of the business exceeds its carrying amount by $30.4 million (A$28.0 million). The discount
rate would need to rise above 13.5% and the terminal growth rate will need to be below 2.0% in combination to result
in an impairment.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
18 Other balance sheet items (continued)
Policy
Employee benefits
Annual leave entitlements are accrued at amounts expected to be paid. Long service leave is accrued by
calculating the probable future value of the entitlements and discounting back to present value. Obligations to
defined contribution superannuation schemes are recognised as an expense when the contribution is paid.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables17,15814,731
Insurance liability645914
Employee benefits12,95111,224
Other tax payables4,1763,820
Collateral received on derivatives
1
2,38427,609
Total trade and other payables37,31458,298
Policy
Leases
The Group leases office space, car parks, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed
periods but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide
range of different terms and conditions.
In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an
extension option are considered. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably
certain to be extended.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments and discounted using the
Group’s incremental borrowing rate (IBR). Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method.
Carrying amounts are remeasured only upon reassessments and lease modifications.
Right of use assets are depreciated at the shorter of lease term or the Group’s depreciation policy for that asset
class.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Right of use assets
Balance at beginning of year12,31814,145
Depreciation charge for the year, included within depreciation expense in the income
statement
(3,252)(2,539)
Additions to right of use assets6,453712
Total right of use assets15,51912,318
Lease liability
Current3,6893,166
Non-current14,08711,121
Total lease liability17,77614,287
Interest expense relating to lease liability693488
1 The Group has accepted collateral arising from derivative transactions, included in Cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in the carrying
amount of cash collateral received is attributable to decrease in net asset positions on derivative balances compared to 30 June 2023. Refer
to Note 31 - Offsetting financial instruments.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
125
FINANCIAL RESULTS
124
19 Acquisition
Policy
Business combination
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities
and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a
particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities
consists of inputs and processes applied to those inputs that have the ability to contribute to the creation of
outputs.
The consideration transferred in the acquisition and any contingent consideration to be transferred are
generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at
cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets
acquired) and is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss
immediately. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period
in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting
is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional
assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that
existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.
The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete
information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, and does not exceed twelve
months. Transaction cost related to the acquisition is recognised as an expense in profit or loss when incurred
with the exception of costs to issue debt or equity securities.
On 30 April 2024 the Group completed the acquisition of 100% shareholding in CBL from Challenger Limited. From 1
May 2024, CBL began trading as Heartland Bank Australia, with the legal name change from CBL to HBA occurring
later in May 2024.
Total cash consideration in relation to the transaction was A$115.24 million (NZ$126.60 million) which is comprised of:
• the total purchase price of A$45.96 million (NZ$50.49 million), reflecting the initial purchase price of A$36.70
million (NZ$40.31 million) plus A$9.26 million (NZ$10.17 million) of additional consideration due to the deposit
raising programme undertaken by CBL prior to completion, and
• an additional payment of A$69.28 million (NZ$76.10 million), reflecting the increased capital being held by CBL
following its pre-completion purchase of A$574.30 million (NZ$631.35 million) of reverse mortgages from HAH.
The deposit raising programme was requisite to the completion of the acquisition and is considered as part of the
acquisition transaction.
The Group is assessing the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, and determining the related
deferred tax effects, if any, in line with the principles for estimating fair value adopted by the Group. Values were
provisionally allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities on completion date based on available information. They
may be adjusted during the 12 months following that date on the basis of new information obtained relating to facts
and circumstances prevailing at completion date.
Goodwill of A$21.19 million (NZ $23.21 million) has been recognised from the acquisition on a provisional basis. This is
supported by the enabled expansion through access to retail deposits, together with the anticipated synergies to
be realised over the next few years.
The provisional goodwill as at the acquisition date has been allocated to the Heartland Australia Bank Limited CGU
(refer to Note 18 - Other balance sheet items for further details).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
19 Acquisition (continued)
Details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the provisional goodwill arising from the acquisition
of HBA are set out as follows:
$000’s
Provisional fair value
recognised on acquisition
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents292,211
Investments 367,739
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost61,179
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages635,609
Provision for impairment(167)
Deferred tax asset820
Other assets860
Total assets1,358,251
Liabilities
Deposits1,249,375
Other borrowings2,574
Trade and other payables2,916
Total liabilities1,254,865
Net assets acquired103,386
Provisional goodwill arising on acquisition23,205
Fair value of consideration126,591
Cash flow on acquisition
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary292,211
Net cash (inflow) on acquisition of subsidiary(165,620)
HBA has contributed interest income of A$14.86 million (NZ $16.15 million) and net loss of A$1.20 million (NZ $1.29
million) to the Group for the period from 30 April 2024 to 30 June 2024.
If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2023, it is estimated that the contribution to the Group’s interest income
and profit for the year ended 30 June 2024 would have been A$35.47 million (NZ$38.40 million) and A$8.90 million
(NZ$9.60 million) net loss respectively.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
127
FINANCIAL RESULTS
126
20 Related party transactions and balances
Policy
A person or entity is a related party under the following circumstances:
a) A person or a close member of that person’s family if that person:
i) has control or joint control over HGH;
ii) has significant influence over HGH; or
iii) is a member of the key management personnel of HGH.
b) An entity is related to HGH if any of the following conditions applies:
i) the entity and HGH are members of the same group;
ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity;
iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the reporting entity
or an entity related to HGH
vi) the entity is controlled, or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a); and
vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key
management personnel of entity (or of a parent of the entity).
(a) Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP), are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. This includes all executive staff and Directors.
KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business.
The terms and conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to the Group are comparable to
transactions with other employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other
unfavourable features.
All other transactions with KMP’s and their related parties are conducted in the ordinary course of business on
commercial terms and conditions.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Transactions with key management personnel
Interest income-123
Interest expense(69)(43)
Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits(3,423)(8,083)
Share-based plan benefit/(expense)-14
Total transactions with key management personnel(3,492)(7,989)
Due from/(to) key management personnel
Lending-4,428
Borrowings - deposits(1,231)(855)
Total due from/(to) key management personnel(1,231)3,573
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
20 Related party transactions and balances (continued)
(b) Transactions with related parties
HGH is the ultimate parent company of the Group.
Entities within the Group have regular transactions with each other on agreed terms. The transactions include the
provision of administrative services and customer operations. Banking facilities are provided by HBL to other Group
entities on normal commercial terms as with other customers. There is no lending from subsidiaries within the
Group to HGH.
Related party transactions between the Group eliminate on consolidation. Related party transactions outside of
the Group are as follows:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
ASF Custodians Pty Limited
Audit fees-4
Heartland Trust (HT)
Dividends paid650714
HT held 6,504,266 shares in HGH (2023: 6,504,266 shares).
The Trustees of HT and certain employees of the Group provided their time and skills to the oversight and operation
of HT at no charge.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
129
FINANCIAL RESULTS
128
21 Fair value
Policy
Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument, unless
there is observable information from an active market that provides a more appropriate fair value.
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted
market prices or dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Group determines fair value
using other valuation techniques.
The Group measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the observability of the
inputs used in measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).
Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period
during which the change has occurred.
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial asset and
liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The Group has an established framework in performing valuations required for financial reporting purposes
including Level 3 fair values. The Group regularly reviews and calibrates significant unobservable inputs and
valuation adjustments in accordance with market participants’ views. If external valuation specialists are engaged
to measure fair values, the Group assesses the evidence obtained from these specialists to support the conclusion
of these valuations. All significant valuations are reported to the Group’s Board Audit and Risk Committee for
approval prior to its adoption in the financial statements.
Investment in debt securities
Investments in public sector securities and corporate bonds are stated at FVOCI or FVTPL, with the fair value being
based on quoted market prices (Level 1 under the fair value hierarchy) or modelled using observable market inputs
(Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy). Refer to Note 11 – Investments for more details.
Investments valued under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued either based on quoted market prices or
dealer quotes for similar instruments, or discounted cash flows analysis.
Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are classified at FVTPL unless an irrevocable election is made by the Group to
measure at FVOCI. Investment in listed securities traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable
are measured under Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy with no modelling or assumptions used in the valuation. Equity
securities are measured at FVOCI where they are not held for trading, the Group doesn’t have control or significant
influence over the investee and where an irrevocable election is made to measure them at FVOCI. These securities
are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for
dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss. Investments in unlisted equity securities are measured under
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy with the fair value being based on unobservable inputs using market accepted
valuation techniques. Where appropriate, the Group may apply adjustments to the above-mentioned techniques to
determine fair value of an equity security to reflect the underlying characteristics. These adjustments are reflective
of market participant considerations in valuing the said security.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages
The reverse mortgage portfolio is classified and measured at FVTPL under NZ IFRS 9 Financial instruments (NZ
IFRS 9). An irrevocable election has been made by the Group to not apply the new NZ IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
standard effective from 1 July 2023. The review of the reverse mortgage portfolio valuation determined that the
terms and conditions of these loan contracts do not contain a component of significant insurance risk, therefore
they continue to be treated under NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments classified at FVTPL under NZ IFRS.
On initial recognition the Group considers the transaction price to represent the fair value of the loan, on the basis
that no reliable fair value can be estimated as there is no relevant active market and fair value cannot be reliably
measured using other valuation techniques under NZ IFRS 13 Fair value measurement.
For subsequent measurement, and at balance date, the Group considered whether the fair value can be determined
by reference to a relevant active market or using a valuation technique that incorporates observable inputs but has
concluded relevant support is not currently available. In the absence of such market evidence the Group has used
the transaction value (cash advanced plus accrued capitalised interest) for subsequent measurement. The Group
has used an actuarial method to determine a proxy for the fair value that incorporates changes in the portfolio risk
and expectations of the portfolio performance. This includes inputs such as mortality and potential move into care,
voluntary exits, house price changes, interest rate margin and the no equity guarantee. This estimate is highly
subjective and a wide range of plausible values are possible. The estimate provides an indication of whether the
transaction value is overstated.
The Group does not consider that the actuarial estimate has moved outside of the original expectation range on
initial recognition. There has been no fair value movement recognised in profit or loss during the period (2023: nil).
Fair value is not sensitive to the above assumptions due to the nature of reverse mortgage loans. In particular, given
conservative origination loan-to-value ratio and security criteria, a material deterioration in house prices combined
with a material increase in interest rates over a sustained period of time would likely need to occur before any
potential impact to fair value.
The Group will continue to reassess the existence of a relevant active market and movements in expectations on an
on-going basis.
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. Fair values are determined
from observable market prices as at the reporting date, discounted cash flow models or option pricing models as
appropriate (Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
131
FINANCIAL RESULTS
130
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
The following table analyses financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the
fair value hierarchy into which each fair value measurement is categorised. The amounts are based on the values
recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position.
$000’sLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
June 2024
Assets
Investments1,082,699-9,4321,092,131
Derivative financial instruments-12,316-12,316
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,897,8182,897,818
Total financial assets measured at fair value1,082,69912,3162,907,2504,002,265
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments-9,017-9,017
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value-9,017-9,017
June 2023
Assets
Investments318,756-11,484330,240
Derivative financial instruments-36,983-36,983
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,403,8102,403,810
Total financial assets measured at fair value318,75636,9832,415,2942,771,033
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments-7,624-7,624
Total financial liabilities measured at fair value-7,624-7,624
There were no transfers between levels in the fair value hierarchy in the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
21 Fair value (continued)
(a) Financial instruments measured at fair value (continued)
The movement in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are below:
$000’s
Finance
Receivables
- Reverse MortgageInvestmentsTotal
June 2024
As at 30 June 20232,403,81011,4842,415,294
Sale of SWT portfolio to HBA
1
(631,345)-(631,345)
Additions - acquisition of HBA
2
635,609-635,609
New loans552,073-552,073
Repayments(335,429)-(335,429)
Capitalised Interest and fees261,318-261,318
Purchase of investments-1,0591,059
Fair value (loss) on investment-(3,152)(3,152)
Other³11,7824111,823
As at 30 June 20242,897,8189,4322,907,250
June 2023
As at 30 June 20221,996,8547,0322,003,886
New loans543,248-543,248
Repayments(297,066)-(297,066)
Capitalised Interest and fees183,458-183,458
Purchase of investments-6,9526,952
Fair value (loss) on investment-(2,411)(2,411)
Other
3
(22,684)(89)(22,773)
As at 30 June 20232,403,81011,4842,415,294
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following assets and liabilities of the Group are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of
financial position.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortised cost and their carrying value is considered equivalent to
their fair value due to their short term nature.
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost
The fair value of the Group’s finance receivables is calculated using a valuation technique which assumes the
Group’s current weighted average lending rates for loans of a similar nature and term.
Finance receivables with a floating interest rate are deemed to be at current market rates. The current amount of
credit provisioning has been deducted from the fair value calculation of finance receivables as a proxy for future
losses.
1 Represents reverse mortgage portfolio sold to HBA on 24 April 2024, prior to its acquisition. Refer to Note 27 - Structured Entities.
2 Refer to Note 19 - Acquisition.
3 This relates to foreign currency translation differences for the assets.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
133
FINANCIAL RESULTS
132
21 Fair value (continued)
(b) Financial instruments not measured at fair value (continued)
Borrowings
The fair value of deposits, bank borrowings and other borrowings is the present value of future cash flows and is
based on the current market interest rates payable by the Group for debt of similar maturities.
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The fair value of all other financial instruments is considered equivalent to their carrying value due to their short-
term nature.
The following table sets out financial instruments not measured at fair value where the carrying value does not
approximate fair value, compares their carrying value against their fair value and analyses them by level in the fair
value hierarchy.
June 2024June 2023
$000’s
Fair Value
Hierarchy
Total Fair
Value
Total
Carrying
Value
Fair Value
Hierarchy
Total Fair
Value
Total
Carrying
Value
Assets
Finance receivables
measured at amortised cost
Level 34,146,6924,266,946Level 34,102,5914,334,214
Total financial assets4,146,6924,266,9464,102,5914,334,214
Liabilities
DepositsLevel 25,955,3695,949,116Level 24,130,3264,131,025
Other borrowingsLevel 22,042,3962,040,763Level 22,496,3102,496,375
Total financial liabilities7,997,7657,989,8796,626,6366,627,400
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
21 Fair value (continued)
(c ) Classification of financial instruments
The following tables summarise the categories of financial instruments and the carrying value of all financial
instruments of the Group:
$000’s
FVOCI
Equity
FVOCI Debt
SecuritiesFVTPL
Amortised
Cost
Total
Carrying
Value
June 2024
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents---629,619629,619
Investments7,575371,816712,740-1,092,131
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
---4,266,9464,266,946
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,897,818-2,897,818
Derivative financial instruments--12,316-12,316
Other financial assets---2,5342,534
Total financial assets7,575371,8163,622,8744,899,0998,901,364
Liabilities
Deposits---5,949,1165,949,116
Other borrowings---2,040,7632,040,763
Derivative financial instruments--9,017-9,017
Other financial liabilities---20,18720,187
Total financial liabilities--9,0178,010,0668,019,083
June 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents---311,503311,503
Investments9,665315,1925,383-330,240
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
---4,334,2144,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages--2,403,810-2,403,810
Derivative financial instruments--36,983-36,983
Other financial assets---1,2561,256
Total financial assets9,665315,1922,446,1764,646,9737,418,006
Liabilities
Deposits---4,131,0254,131,025
Other borrowings---2,496,3752,496,375
Derivative financial instruments--7,624-7,624
Other financial liabilities---43,25443,254
Total financial liabilities--7,6246,670,6546,678,278
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
135
FINANCIAL RESULTS
134
RISK MANAGEMENT
22 Enterprise risk management program
The board of directors (the Board) sets and monitors the Group’s risk appetite across the primary risk domains
of credit, capital, liquidity, market (including interest rate and foreign exchange), operational and compliance
and general business risk. Management is, in turn, responsible for ensuring appropriate structures, policies,
procedures and information systems are in place to actively manage these risk domains, as outlined within the Risk
Management Strategy and Framework document (RMS&F). Collectively, these processes are known as the Group’s
Enterprise Risk Management Program (RMP).
The RMS&F supersedes HGH’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) and has been developed to
accommodate changes in the Group’s operating environment, arising from the acquisition and integration of HBA,
and is aligned with HBA’s own Risk Management Strategy document that reflects Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority (APRA) regulatory requirements in addition to the HGH’s existing RMS&F that supports the RBNZ
prudential risk management requirement.
Role of the Board and the Board Audit and Risk Committee
The Board, through its Board Audit and Risk Committee (BARC) is responsible for oversight and governance of
the development of the RMP. The role of the BARC includes assisting the Board to formulate its risk appetite and
monitoring the effectiveness of the RMP. BARC’s responsibilities also include:
• Reviewing financial reporting and application of accounting policies as part of the internal control and risk
assessment framework.
• Monitoring the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks through the Group. This work is
supported by an internal audit programme, which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy
and effectiveness of internal controls. The BARC receives regular reports from internal audit.
• Advising the Board on the formulation of the Board’s Risk Appetite Statement.
• Reviewing any reports, policies, standards, other risk documents or matters, or minutes which have been
prepared by or in respect of the HGH’s Board.
• Monitor material, emerging and strategic risks for the Group and its subsidiaries.
The BARC consists of three non-executive directors. The Chair of the HBL Audit Committee and the Chair of the
HBL Risk Committee, as well as the HGH CEO, the HBL CEO, the Head of Internal Audit and the HGH Chief Financial
Officer (CFO), HBL CFO and HBL Chief Risk Officer (CRO), each attend BARC meetings. The BARC undertakes its
responsibilities with the assistance of subsidiary Boards and subsidiary Board Committees.
Internal Audit
The Group has an Internal Audit function, the objective of which is to provide independent, objective assurance
over the internal control environment. In certain circumstances, Internal Audit will provide risk and control advice
to Management provided the work does not impede the independence of the Internal Audit function. The function
assists the Group in accomplishing its objectives by bringing a systematic and disciplined approach to evaluate and
improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.
Internal Audit is allowed full, free and unfettered access to any and all of the organisation’s records, personnel and
physical properties deemed necessary to accomplish its activities.
A regular cycle of review has been implemented to cover all areas of the business, focused on assessment,
management and control of risks identified. The audit plan takes into account cyclical review of various business
units and operational areas, as well as identified areas of higher identified risk. The audit methodology is designed
to meet the International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing of The Institute of Internal
Auditors.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO)
The GALCO is a management committee consisting of members from HBL and HBA which informs and supports the
HGH BARC by providing consolidated oversight of risks of the Group’s assets and liabilities across both HBL and HBA
in relation to market risk, liquidity risk, balance sheet structure and capital management through:
• Ensuring compliance of the Group with risk limits and governance requirements.
• Recommending policies for approval and changes to risk tolerances to BRC and BAC.
• Setting the strategic direction for asset and liability management, to be reflected in the asset and liability
management policy.
• Monitoring, assessing and proactively reacting to trends in the economy, interest rates, and foreign exchange
rates to limit any potential adverse impact on earnings.
HBL Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC comprises the HBL CEO, HBL CRO, HBL CFO, HBL Group Treasurer and Head of Internal Audit. The ERC has
responsibility for overseeing risk aspects including internal control environment to ensure that residual risk is
consistent with the Group’s risk appetite. The ERC generally meets monthly, and minutes are made available to the
BARC. ERC’s specific responsibilities include decision making and oversight of operational risk, compliance risk and
credit risk.
Climate-related risks
Climate-related risks are integrated into the Group’s overall risk management strategy and processes.
Risk Management
HGH has a defined risk tolerance for climate-related risk, which is monitored as part of HGH’s respective RAS,
reviewed, and updated at least annually to incorporate necessary changes and consider any new material
emerging risks.
HGH’s Enterprise Operational Risk Assessment identifies and assists proactive management of the Group’s most
critical operational risks, including climate-related risks, by establishing an inherent risk rating and residual risk
rating to assist with monitoring of the risk exposure.
All Group business units are required to review their risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) at least annually. The
RCSA primarily focuses on key operational risks and considers climate-related risks where relevant.
Governance
The Board is responsible for the Group’s corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite ensuring climate-related
risks and opportunities are considered. Oversight, assessment and management of climate-related risks and
opportunities occur within HBL and HBA given their direct involvement in business operations and decision-making.
The HGH Sustainability Committee meets at least quarterly to consider climate-related risks and opportunities and
provide updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate initiatives to the Board.
The ERC receives monthly updates on risk appetite and status, including the status of climate-related risks, as well
as quarterly Climate Change Composite Assessment capturing HBL and HBA climate-related risks.
HBL and HBA management are responsible for executing the initiatives, metrics and targets allocated based on
accountability.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
137
FINANCIAL RESULTS
136
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Climate-related risks (continued)
Strategy
The Group’s sustainability strategy continues to evolve with the ongoing commitment to reducing its direct
environmental impact, creating business practices that support positive environmental outcomes and fostering an
internal culture of environmental awareness. The Group’s strategy is built upon three pillars:
• building the capability to appropriately take climate change risks into consideration when making lending
decisions,
• funding borrowers’ transition to a net-zero economy; and
• embedding sustainability into every aspect of the Group’s operations.
The Group integrates climate-related risks and opportunities into its wider business strategy, supported by
ongoing monitoring of these risks through specific metrics and set targets focused on sustainable finance and its
own operational emissions.
The Group assesses the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance. Although climate
change introduces an element of uncertainty, the Group has determined that climate-related risks do not have a
material impact on the judgements, assumptions, and estimates for the year ended 30 June 2024.
HGH will release its Climate Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 by 31 October 2024, providing further details
on the Group’s approach to climate-related risks. A copy of the Climate Report will be available on HGH’s website at
heartlandgroup.info/sustainability.
Operational and compliance risk
Operational and compliance risk is the risk arising from day-to-day operational activities in the execution of the
Group’s strategy which may result in direct or indirect loss. Operational and compliance risk losses can occur as
a result of fraud, human error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical
assets, improper behaviour or from external events. The losses range from direct financial losses, to reputational
damage, unfavourable media attention, injury to or loss of staff or clients or as a breach of laws or banking
regulations. Where appropriate, risks are mitigated by insurance.
To ensure appropriate responsibility is allocated for the management, reporting and escalation of operational
and compliance risk, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model which outlines principles for the roles,
responsibilities and accountabilities for operational and compliance risk management:
• The first line of defence is the business line management of the identification, management and mitigation
of the risks associated with the products and processes of the business. This accountability includes regular
testing and attestation of the adequacy and effectiveness of controls and compliance with the Group’s policies.
• The second line of defence is the Risk and Compliance function, responsible for the design and ownership of
the Operational Risk Management Framework. It incorporates key processes including Risk and Control Self-
Assessment (RCSA), incident management, independent evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the
internal control framework, and the attestation process.
• The third line of defence is Internal Audit which is responsible for independently assessing how effectively the
Group is managing its risk according to its stated risk appetite.
The Group’s exposure to operational and compliance risk is governed by a RAS approved by the Board and is used
to guide management activities. This statement sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk
limits, which are monitored by the ERC.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Market risk
Market risk is the possibility of experiencing losses or gains due to factors affecting the overall performance of
financial markets in which the Group is exposed. The primary market risk exposures for the Group are interest rate
risk and foreign exchange risk. The risk being that market interest rates or foreign exchange rates will change and
adversely impact on the Group’s earnings due to either adverse moves in foreign exchange market rates or in the
case of interest rate risks mismatches between repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities and/or
differences between customer pricing and wholesale rates.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk refers to exposure of an entity’s earnings and/or capital because of a mismatch between the
interest rate exposures of its assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk for the Group arises from the provision of
non-traded retail banking products and services and from traded wholesale transactions entered into to reduce
aggregate interest rate risk (known as hedges). This risk arises from four key sources:
• Mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities (yield curve and repricing risk);
• Banking products repricing differently to changes in wholesale market rates (basis risk);
• Loan prepayment or deposit early withdrawal behaviour from customers that deviates from the expected or
contractually agreed behaviour (optionality risk);
• The effect of internal or market forces on a bank’s net interest margin where, for example, in a low-rate
environment any fall in rates will further decrease interest income earned on the assets whereas funding cost
cannot be reduced as it is already at the minimum level (margin compression risk); and
• The risk that the fair value of financial instruments will change when interest rates change (price risk). This is
particularly relevant for the Group’s fair-valued assets, such as its liquid asset portfolio, which the fair value of is
relied upon to support the Group’s funding requirements.
Refer to Note 25 - Interest rate risk for further details regarding interest rate risk.
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange (FX) risk arises from a change in FX rates for assets, liabilities, profit, or income denominated in an
entity’s non-functional currency. Functional currency is the currency in which an entity primarily operates.
FX Risk has the below components:
• Structural FX risk refers to the risk that an entity is exposed to when its assets, liabilities, or capital resources are
denominated in a currency that is different to its reporting currency. This risk does not impact earnings unless
and until the investment is sold. However, it does impact shareholder equity through revaluations of the net
asset value through the foreign currency translation reserve.
• Profit translation risk is the risk that deviations in exchange rates significantly impact the translated value of a
foreign currency-based operation’s profit, creating volatility in the entity’s reported profit.
• Balance sheet translation risk - arises from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.
Movements in FX rates change the equivalent value of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities
through the entity’s reported profit.
The Group’s investment of capital in foreign currency operations generates an exposure to changes in foreign
exchange rates. The Group has exposure to foreign currency translation risks through its Australian subsidiaries
which have functional currency of Australian dollars (AUD). Variations in the value of these foreign currency
operations arising as a result of exchange differences are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve in
equity. The Group incurs some non-traded foreign currency risk related to the potential repatriation of profits from
its Australian subsidiaries.
The Group does not currently hedge its net investments in foreign operations except in circumstances where there
is a material exposure arising from a currency that is anticipated to be volatile, and the hedging is cost effective.
This risk is routinely monitored, and hedging is conducted where it is likely to add shareholder value.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
139
FINANCIAL RESULTS
138
22 Enterprise risk management program (continued)
Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
The Group’s sensitivity to movements in the FX rates arises mainly from the translation of the profit generated by
its Australian subsidiaries and the AUD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Group’s FX sensitivity
analysis is based on the Australian subsidiaries’ annual profit for the financial year representing an annual exposure
to profit translation risk. Additionally, it incorporates the exposure to HBL’s AUD-denominated cash balance as at
the reporting date.
The following sensitivity analysis measures the impact on the Group’s net profit after tax and equity from a
reasonably possible movements in the AUD/NZD exchange rates, given the historical exchange rate volatility, with
all other variables remaining constant.
$000’s
Impact
on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
Impact
on profit
before tax
Impact on
equity
As at 30 June 2024As at 30 June 2023
AUD/NZD exchange rate - increase 1%(173)(124)(275)(198)
AUD/NZD exchange rate - decrease 1%176127280202
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the Group’s earnings and/or capital are adversely impacted by the default of
a counterparty.
The Group has on-going credit exposure associated with:
• Cash and cash equivalents;
• Finance receivables;
• Holding of investment securities; and
• Payments owed to the Group from risk management instruments.
Counterparty credit risk is managed against limits set in the Market Risk Policy including credit exposure on
derivative contracts, bilateral set-off arrangements, cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
23 Credit risk exposure
Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on any type of debt by failing to make payments which it is obligated
to make. The risk is primarily that of the lender and includes loss of principal and interest, disruption to cash flows
and increased collection costs.
Credit risk is managed to achieve sustainable risk-reward performance whilst maintaining exposures within
acceptable risk “appetite” parameters. This is achieved through the combination of governance, policies, systems
and controls, underpinned by commercial judgement as described below.
To manage this risk the ERC oversees the formal credit risk management strategy. The ERC reviews the Group’s
credit risk exposures typically on a monthly basis. The credit risk management strategies aim to ensure that:
• Credit origination meets agreed levels of credit quality at point of approval;
• Sector concentrations are monitored;
• Maximum total exposure to any one debtor is actively managed;
• Changes to credit risk are actively monitored with regular credit reviews.
The BARC (with the assistance of the HBL Board Risk Committee for New Zealand and the Heartland Australia Group
Board for Australia) also oversees the Group’s credit risk exposures to monitor overall risk metrics having regard to
risk appetite set by the Board.
HBL’s Board Risk Committee (BRC) has authority for approval of all credit exposures for New Zealand. Lending
authority has been provided by the BRC to HBL’s Credit Committee, and to the business units under a detailed
Delegated Lending Authority framework. Application of credit discretions in the business operation are monitored
through a defined review and hindsight structure as outlined in the Credit Risk Oversight Policy. Delegated Lending
Authorities are provided to individual officers with due cognisance of their experience and ability. Larger and higher
risk exposures require approval of senior management, the Credit Committee and ultimately through to HBL’s BRC.
HBA Board has authority for approval for all credit exposures for HBA and its subsidiaries.
Reverse mortgage loans and negative equity risk
Reverse mortgage loans are a form of mortgage lending designed for the needs of people over 60 years of age.
These loans differ to conventional mortgages in that they typically are not repaid until the borrower ceases to
reside in the property. Further, interest is not required to be paid, it is capitalised into the loan balance and is
repayable on termination of the loan. As such, there are no incoming cash flows and therefore no default risk to
manage during the term of the loan. Negative equity risk arises from the promise by the Group that the maximum
repayment amount is limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrowers’ property.
The Group’s exposure to negative equity risk is managed via lending standards specific for this product. In addition
to usual criteria regarding the type, and location, of security property that the Group will accept for reverse
mortgage lending, a key aspect of the Group’s policy is that a borrower’s age on origination of the reverse mortgage
loan will dictate the loan-to-value ratio of the reverse mortgage on origination. New Zealand and Australia reverse
mortgage lending standards and operations are well aligned.
Business Finance Guarantee Scheme
HBL along with other registered banks in New Zealand, has entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand
Government to implement the New Zealand Government’s Business Finance Guarantee Scheme (the Scheme). T h e
purpose of the Scheme is to provide short term credit to eligible small and medium size businesses, who have been
impacted by the economic effects of COVID-19. The scheme allowed banks to lend to a maximum of $5 million for a
maximum of five years. The New Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with HBL
holding the remaining 20%. The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2021. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had a total exposure of
$42.2 million (2023: $54.8 million) to its customers under this Scheme.
North Island Weather Events (NIWE) Loan Guarantee Scheme
On 31 July 2023, HBL entered into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand Government to implement the
North Island Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme. The supported loans are intended to assist New Zealand
businesses to manage the impacts of the North Island Weather Events (during Auckland Anniversary weekend
2023). The facility limit for each supported loan must not exceed $10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New
Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of any loss incurred (credit risk) with HBL holding the remaining 20%.
The Scheme concluded on 30 June 2024. As at 30 June 2024 HBL had supported loans under this scheme of $33.2
million.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
141
FINANCIAL RESULTS
140
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Maximum exposure to credit risk at the relevant reporting dates
The following table represents the maximum credit risk exposure, without taking into account any collateral held.
The on balance sheet exposures set out below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the statement of
financial position.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
On balance sheet:
Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503
Investments1,092,131315,192
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost4,266,9464,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages2,897,8182,403,810
Derivative financial assets12,31636,983
Other financial assets2,5341,256
Total on balance sheet credit exposures8,901,3647,402,958
Off balance sheet:
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds3,1307,378
Undrawn facilities available to customers554,307435,314
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates9,94724,873
Total off balance sheet credit exposures567,384467,565
Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523
Concentration of credit risk by geographic region
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
New Zealand5,806,1755,540,453
Australia3,522,2662,115,332
Rest of the world¹216,628268,004
9,545,0697,923,789
Provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)
Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523
1 These overseas assets are primarily NZD-denominated investments in AA+ (Standard & Poor’s) and higher rated securities issued by
offshore supranational agencies (“Kauri Bonds”).
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Concentration of credit risk by industry sector
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for
categorising customer and investee industry sectors.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Agriculture1,084,8891,156,042
Forestry and fishing113,264130,055
Mining10,2768,266
Manufacturing69,79980,729
Finance and insurance1,758,706817,864
Wholesale trade40,56146,053
Retail trade and accommodation 376,927402,146
Households4,715,5354,078,270
Other business services302,035198,377
Construction338,998336,333
Rental, hiring and real estate services196,329205,079
Transport and storage431,665359,865
Other106,085104,710
9,545,0697,923,789
Provision for impairment(76,321)(53,266)
Total credit exposures9,468,7487,870,523
Credit risk grading
The Group’s finance receivables are monitored either by account behaviour (Behavioural portfolio) or a regular
assessment of their credit risk grade based on an objective review of defined risk characteristics (Judgemental
portfolio).
The Judgemental portfolio consists mainly of business and rural lending where an on-going and detailed working
relationship with the customer has been developed while the Behavioural portfolio consists of consumer, retail and
smaller business receivables.
Judgemental loans are individually risk graded based on loan status, financial information, security and debt
servicing ability. Exposures in the Judgemental portfolio are credit risk graded by an internal risk grading mechanism
where grade 1 is the strongest risk. Grade 8 and grade 9 are the weakest risk grades where a loss is probable.
Behavioural loans are managed based on their arrears status.
All loans past due but not impaired have been categorised into three impairments stages (see Note 13 – Finance
receivables measured at amortised cost) which are in most cases based on arrears status. If a Judgemental loan is
risk graded 6 or above it will be classified as stage 2 as a minimum and carry a provision based on lifetime ECL.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
143
FINANCIAL RESULTS
142
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Credit risk grading (continued)
Collectively Assessed
Individually
AssessedTotal$000’sStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
June 2024
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong183,354---183,354
Grade 2 - Strong40,557---40,557
Grade 3 - Sound167,2305,556536-173,322
Grade 4 - Adequate505,17714,1426,940-526,259
Grade 5 - Acceptable977,49541,50536,206-1,055,206
Grade 6 - Monitor-120,61112,028-132,639
Grade 7 - Substandard-47,32817,225-64,553
Grade 8 - Doubtful--14188,54988,690
Grade 9 - At risk of loss--1666,6336,799
Total Judgemental portfolio1,873,813229,14273,24295,1822,271,379
Total Behavioural portfolio2,014,63012,49143,4811,286 2,071,888
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,888,443241,633116,72396,4684,343,267
Provision for impairment(14,361)(5,197)(34,281)(22,482)(76,321)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
3,874,082236,43682,44273,986 4,266,946
Undrawn facilities available to customers272,8291,805904-275,538
June 2023
Judgemental portfolio
Grade 1 - Very Strong25---25
Grade 2 - Strong3,658---3,658
Grade 3 - Sound41,887477--42,364
Grade 4 - Adequate637,9939,9753,477-651,445
Grade 5 - Acceptable1,390,9265,492602-1,397,020
Grade 6 - Monitor-64,9466,763-71,709
Grade 7 - Substandard-76,95513,725-90,680
Grade 8 - Doubtful---51,44751,447
Grade 9 - At risk of loss---1,6711,671
Total Judgemental portfolio2,074,489157,84524,56753,1182,310,019
Total Behavioural portfolio1,996,10924,62556,727-2,077,461
Gross finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
4,070,598182,47081,29453,118 4,387,480
Provision for impairment(13,009)(2,463)(21,499)(16,295)(53,266)
Total finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
4,057,589180,00759,79536,8234,334,214
Undrawn facilities available to customers255,1742,60986-257,869
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
23 Credit risk exposure (continued)
Collateral held
The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk and has internal policies on the
acceptability of specific classes of collateral. Collateral is held as security to support credit risk on finance
receivables and enforced in satisfying the debt in the event contractual repayment obligations are not met. The
collateral held for mitigating credit risk for the Group’s lending portfolios is outlined below.
Reverse mortgage and Residential mortgage loans
Reverse mortgage loans are secured by a first mortgage over a residential property which is typically a customer’s
primary residential dwelling, residential investment property or holiday home. Residential mortgage loans are
secured by a residential mortgage over an owner-occupied property located in an approved urban area.
Corporate lending
Business lending including rural lending is typically secured by way of a charge over property and/or specific
security agreement over relevant business assets, and, where considered appropriate, a general security
agreement to provide the ability to control cash flows.
Other lending
Other lending comprises personal loans, primarily motor loans, which are secured by a motor vehicle or a boat; and
other shorter term smaller personal loans which are predominantly unsecured.
The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral it holds.
Coverage is measured by the value of security as a proportion of loan balance outstanding and classified as follows:
Fully secured Greater or equal to 100%
Partially secured 1% - 99.9%
Unsecured No security held
The Group’s loan portfolio have the following coverage from collateral held on credit impaired loans:
CorporateResidentialAll other
June 2024
Fully secured47%100%69%
Partially secured37%-10%
Unsecured16%-21%
Total100%100%100%
June 2023
Fully secured53%100%72%
Partially secured39%- 10%
Unsecured8%- 18%
Total100%100%100%
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
145
FINANCIAL RESULTS
144
24 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The timing
mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk in all banking operations are closely monitored by the Group.
Measurement of liquidity risk is designed to ensure that the Group has the ability to generate or obtain sufficient
cash in a timely manner and at a reasonable price to meet its financial commitments on a daily basis.
The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by GALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of the risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, which GALCO must observe.
Within this, the objective of the GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of a mix of
assets and liabilities given its expectations of future cash flows, liquidity constraints and capital adequacy. The
GALCO employs asset and liability cash flow modelling to determine appropriate liquidity and funding strategies.
HBA and its controlled entities manage their own domestic liquidity and funding needs in accordance with HBA’s
own liquidity policy and the policies of the Group. HBA’s liquidity policy is also overseen by APRA.
In March 2020, HBL was onboarded by the RBNZ as an approved counterparty and executed a 2011 Global Master
Repo Agreement providing an additional source for intra-day liquidity for the Group if required.
The Group holds the following liquid assets and committed funding sources for the purpose of managing liquidity
risk:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents629,619311,503
Investments in debt securities1,078,656315,192
Total liquid assets1,708,275626,695
Undrawn committed bank facilities465,600294,042
Total liquid assets and committed undrawn funding2,173,875920,737
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
24 Liquidity risk (continued)
Contractual liquidity profile of financial liabilities
The following tables present the Group’s financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based upon contractual
maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables represent undiscounted future principal and interest cash
flows. As a result, the amounts in the tables below may differ to the amounts reported on the statement of financial
position.
The contractual cash flows presented below may differ significantly from actual cash flows. This occurs as a result
of future actions by the Group and its counterparties, such as early repayments or refinancing of term loans and
borrowings. Deposits and other public borrowings include customer savings deposits and transactional accounts,
which are at call. These accounts provide a stable source of long term funding for the Group.
$000’s
On
Demand
0-6
Months
6-12
Months
1-2
Years
2-5
Years
5+
YearsTotal
June 2024
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits893,5313,256,7501,740,935115,87095,356-6,102,442
Other borrowings-205,029305,0101,304,185217,942443,5132,475,679
Lease liabilities-2,1582,2124,04310,61064019,663
Other financial liabilities-20,187----20,187
Total non-derivative financial
liabilities
893,5313,484,1242,048,1571,424,098323,908444,1538,617,971
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives-20,4077,57014,49130,423-72,891
Outflows from derivatives-22,8778,75015,83231,551-79,010
Total derivative financial liabilities- 2,4701,1801,3411,128- 6,119
Undrawn facilities available to
customers
554,307-----554,307
June 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Deposits782,7712,313,9831,015,52562,61842,186-4,217,083
Other borrowings-220,675575,087918,506822,614330,3532,867,235
Lease liabilities-1,4891,5012,8757,0462,73115,642
Other financial liabilities-43,254----43,254
Total non-derivative financial
liabilities
782,7712,579,4011,592,113983,999871,846333,0847,143,214
Derivative financial liabilities
Inflows from derivatives-3,5833,5524,79913,469-25,403
Outflows from derivatives-6,6446,7965,77313,125-32,338
Total derivative financial liabilities- 3,0613,244974(344)- 6,935
Undrawn facilities available to
customers
435,314-----435,314
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
147
FINANCIAL RESULTS
146
25 Interest rate risk
The Group’s market risk is derived primarily of exposure to interest rate risk, predominantly from raising funds
through the retail and wholesale deposit market, the debt capital markets and committed and uncommitted bank
funding, securitisation of receivables and offering loan finance products to the commercial and consumer market in
New Zealand and Australia.
The Group’s exposure to market risk is governed by a policy approved by the Board and managed by the GALCO. This
policy sets out the nature of risk which may be taken and aggregate risk limits, and the GALCO must conform to this.
The objective of the GALCO is to derive the most appropriate strategy for the Group in terms of the mix of assets
and liabilities given its expectations of the future and the potential consequences of interest rate movements,
liquidity constraints and capital adequacy.
The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk policies is to limit underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) volatility. The
measurement comprises net interest income the Group generates from its interest earning assets and interest
bearing liabilities.
The exposure to net interest income comes from a reduction in margins on interest earning assets or interest
bearing liabilities and is managed when setting rates by taking into consideration wholesale rates, liquidity
premiums, as well as appropriate lending credit margins.
Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the interest rate characteristics of interest bearing assets
and the corresponding liability funding. One of the main causes of these mismatches is timing differences in the
repricing of assets and liabilities. These mismatches are actively managed as part of the overall interest rate risk
management process in accordance with the Group’s policy.
An analysis of the Group’s sensitivity is based on the values of the interest bearing assets and liabilities as at the
reporting date, and measures the prospective impact on the net profit after tax and equity from movements in
market interest rates by 100 basis points (BP), presented in the below table:
$000’s
Impact on
NPAT
Impact on
equity
Impact on
NPAT
Impact on
equity
As at 30 June 2024As at 30 June 2023
Market interest rates - 100 basis points increase255 255120120
Market interest rates - 100 basis points decrease(255)(255)(120)(120)
The Group also manages interest rate risk by:
• Monitoring maturity profiles and seeking to match the re-pricing of assets and liabilities;
• Monitoring interest rates daily and regularly (at least monthly) reviewing interest rate exposures; and
• Entering into derivatives to hedge against movements in interest rates.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis
The interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities that follows has been prepared on the basis of maturity
or next repricing date, whichever is earlier.
$000’s
0-3
Months
3-6
Months
6-12
Months
1-2
Years
2+
Years
Non-
Interest
BearingTotal
June 2024
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents629,619-----629,619
Investments4,461605,518154,87357,641256,16313,4751,092,131
Derivative financial assets-----12,31612,316
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
1,869,269393,187589,162797,035618,293-4,266,946
Finance receivables - reverse
mortgages
2,897,818-----2,897,818
Other financial assets-----2,5342,534
Total financial assets5,401,167998,705744,035854,676874,45628,325 8,901,364
Financial liabilities
Deposits2,733,2661,334,4691,659,617109,70873,86438,1925,949,116
Other borrowings1,883,541---157,222-2,040,763
Derivative financial liabilities-----9,0179,017
Lease liabilities-----17,77617,776
Other financial liabilities-----20,18720,187
Total financial liabilities4,616,8071,334,4691,659,617109,708231,08685,172 8,036,859
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,219,913(145,235)(277,771)(405,932)(390,975)--
Net financial assets/(liabilities)2,004,273(480,999)(1,193,353)339,036252,395(56,847)864,505
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
149
FINANCIAL RESULTS
148
25 Interest rate risk (continued)
Contractual repricing analysis (continued)
$000’s
0-3
Months
3-6
Months
6-12
Months
1-2
Years
2+
Years
Non-
Interest
BearingTotal
June 2023
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents311,499----4311,503
Investments29,82824,96337,76755,460167,17415,048330,240
Derivative financial assets-----36,98336,983
Finance receivables measured at
amortised cost
1,891,666382,923601,344767,933690,348-4,334,214
Finance receivables - reverse
mortgages
2,403,810-----2,403,810
Other financial assets-----1,2561,256
Total financial assets4,636,803407,886639,111823,393857,52253,2917,418,006
Financial liabilities
Deposits2,269,837795,536962,20559,02635,2169,2054,131,025
Other borrowings1,918,31149,598393,072-135,394-2,496,375
Derivative financial liabilities-----7,6247,624
Lease liabilities-----14,28714,287
Other financial liabilities-----43,25443,254
Total financial liabilities4,188,148845,1341,355,27759,026170,61074,370 6,692,565
Effect of derivatives held for risk
management
1,084,971(66,798)(41,181) (556,676)(420,316)--
Net financial assets/(liabilities)1,533,626(504,046)(757,347)207,691266,596(21,079)725,441
The tables above illustrate the periods in which the cash flows from interest rate swaps are expected to occur and
affect profit or loss.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
OTHER DISCLOSURES
26 Significant subsidiaries
Country of
incorporation
and place of
businessNature of business
Proportion of ownership
and voting power held
Significant subsidiariesJune 2024June 2023
Heartland Bank LimitedNew ZealandBank100%100%
VPS Properties LimitedNew Zealand
Investment property
holding company
100%100%
Marac Insurance LimitedNew ZealandInsurance services100%100%
Heartland Bank Australia Limited
1
AustraliaBank100% -
Heartland Australia Holdings Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%
Heartland Australia Group Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%
Australian Seniors Finance Pty LimitedAustraliaManagement services100%100%
StockCo Holdings 2 Pty LimitedAustraliaFinancial services100%100%
StockCo Australia Management Pty LimitedAustraliaManagement services100%100%
27 Structured entities
A structured entity is one which has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor
in deciding who controls the entity. Structured entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined
objective such as the securitisation or holding of particular assets, or the execution of a specific borrowing or
lending transaction. Structured entities are consolidated where the substance of the relationship is that the Group
controls the structured entity.
(a) Heartland Cash and Term PIE Fund (Heartland PIE Fund)
The Group controls the operations of the Heartland PIE Fund which is a portfolio investment entity that invests in
the Group’s deposits. Investments of Heartland PIE Fund are represented as follows:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Deposits389,388244,258
(b) Heartland Auto Receivable Warehouse Trust 2018-1 (HARWT)
HARWT securitises motor vehicle loan receivables as a source of funding.
The Group continues to recognise the securitised assets and associated borrowings in the statement of financial
position as the Group remains exposed to and has the ability to affect variable returns from those assets and
liabilities. Although the Group recognises those interests in HARWT, the loans sold to HARWT are set aside for the
benefit of investors in HARWT. Other depositors and lenders to the Group have no recourse to those assets.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents43,64616,874
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost540,075254,735
Other borrowings(550,144)(258,256)
1 Heartland Bank Australia Limited (HBA) is the current legal name of CBL acquired by HBL on 30 April 2024. Refer to Significant events section
in Note 1 - Financial statements preparation and Note 19 - Acquisition for further details.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
151
FINANCIAL RESULTS
150
27 Structured entities (continued)
(c ) Seniors Warehouse Trust, Seniors Warehouse Trust No.2 (together the SWT Trusts) and
Australian Seniors Finance Settlement Trust (ASF Trust)
SWT Trusts and ASF Trust (collectively the Trusts) form part of Australian Seniors Finance Pty Limited (ASF) reverse
mortgage business and were set up by ASF as asset holding entities. The Trustee for the Trusts is ASF Custodians
Pty Limited, and the Trust Manager is ASF. The reverse mortgage loans held by the Trusts are set aside for the
benefit of the investors in the Trusts. The balances of SWT Trusts and ASF Trust are represented as follows:
$000’sJune 2024
1
June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents68,31629,392
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages852,1191,371,110
Other borrowings(787,373)(1,124,835)
(d) Atlas 2020-1 Trust (Atlas Trust)
Atlas Trust was set up on 11 September 2020 as part of ASF’s reverse mortgage business similar to the existing SWT
Trusts and ASF Trust. The Trustee for the Trust is BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited and the Trust Manager is
ASF. The balances of Atlas Trust are represented as follows:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents16,32211,684
Finance receivables - reverse mortgages152,156144,099
Other borrowings(144,635)(143,353)
(e) StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1
StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 was set up on 31 May 2022 as part of StockCo Australia’s livestock business.
The Trustee for the Trust is AMAL Trustees Pty Limited and the Trust Manager is AMAL Management Services Pty
Limited. The balances of StockCo Securitisation Trust 2022-1 are represented as follows:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Cash and cash equivalents47,70439,089
Finance receivables measured at amortised cost171,960365,130
Other borrowings(211,046)(365,823)
1 Senior Warehouse Trust (SWT) total borrowings balance was fully repaid upon the sale of its finance receivables - reverse mortgages
portfolio to HBA on 24 April 2024, followed by the cancellation of the A$600 million facility limit, effective 1 May 2024. SWT had $5.2 million of
residual assets and nil liabilities on its balance sheet as at 30 June 2024.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
28 Staff share ownership arrangements
The Group operates a share-based compensation plan that issues tranches of performance rights from time
to time that are equity settled. The plan contains clauses which provide the Board with absolute discretion to
moderate the awards to ensure an equitable outcome for both the recipients and Heartland shareholders. This
discretion means there can be no shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement between
participants and the company until finalisation of an award. The fair value of each tranche shall be measured at
grant date, which in the absence of shared understanding is deemed to be each reporting date for the respective
tranches until such time grant date has been established.
The fair value is determined using a Monte Carlo option pricing model developed by an independent third party
expert at each reporting date.
Each tranche contains a total shareholder return (TSR) measure which is a gate opener to consideration of
achievement of other performance measures. At the end of each reporting period the Group revises its estimate
of the value of performance rights based on its probability of attaining an equitable TSR and number of equity
instruments expected to vest.
The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative
expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee benefits reserve.
(a) Share-based compensation plan details
Heartland performance rights plan (PR plan)
The PR plan was established to enhance the alignment of participants’ interests with those of the Group’s
shareholders. Under the PR plan participants are issued performance rights which will entitle them to receive
shares in the Group. As at June 2024, there were 4 active tranches being 2024 (CEOs), 2024 (non-CEOs), 2025
(CEOs) and 2025 (non-CEOs). All tranches are subject to the existing rules of the PR plan.
The 2023 tranche fully vested in September 2023 as per the original expectation and on the basis that the
Group achieved its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct objectives over the period
commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2023. On vesting, 1,275,194 performance rights were converted into
ordinary shares, contributing a $765,116 decrease in the Employee benefits reserve.
2024 (CEOs) tranche
The performance rights were issued subject to the participants’ continued employment with the Group until the
measurement date and the Group achieving its financial measures, strategic objectives and culture and conduct
objectives, over the period commencing 1 July 2020 and ending on 30 June 2024. The targets are dynamic and
may be adjusted by the Board from time to time in order to account for unanticipated capital changes during the
performance period. The measurement date is the business days following the date on which the Group announces
its full year results for the financial year ended 2024.
The 2024 (CEOs) tranche includes the performance rights originally issued to the CEOs under the 2023 tranche but
whose measurement period was subsequently modified to be from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2024. There have been no
other changes in plan terms or rules.
2024 (non-CEOs) tranche and 2025 (CEOs) tranche
Performance rights were issued for period commencing 1 July 2021 and ending on 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2025
respectively. The tranche rules have been aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (CEOs) tranche. Measures are
tested on the business day after the announcement of full year results for the financial years ended 30 June 2024
and 30 June 2025 respectively.
2025 (non-CEOs) tranche
Performance rights were issued for the period commencing 1 July 2022 and ending on 30 June 2025. The tranche
rules have been aligned with the 2023 tranche and 2024 (non-CEOs) tranche. Measures are tested on the business
day after the announcement of full year results for the financial year ended 30 June 2025.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
153
FINANCIAL RESULTS
152
28 Staff share ownership arrangements (continued)
(a) Share-based compensation plan details (continued)
June 2024
PR Plan
Number of
Rights
June 2023
PR Plan
Number of
Rights
Opening balance7,853,6408,801,096
Vested(1,275,194)(2,250,625)
Issued-1,717,909
Forfeited(160,970)(414,740)
Closing balance6,417,4767,853,640
(b) Effect of share-based payment transactions
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Award of Shares
PR Plan(2,816)105
Total (income) / expense recognised(2,816)105
The fair value of each tranche of performance rights issued under the PR Plan were measured at nil as at 30 June
2024 based on the TSR performance of each respective tranche from its commencement date (2023: $2.2 million).
As at 30 June 2024 nil share scheme awards remain unvested and not expensed.
(c ) Number of rights outstanding
June 2024June 2023
Rights
Outstanding
Remaining
Years
Rights
Outstanding
Remaining
Years
PR Plan - 2023--1,275-
PR Plan - 20243,548-3,5481
PR Plan - 20252,86913,0312
Total6,4177,854
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
29 Securitisation, funds management and other fiduciary activities
Funds management and other fiduciary activities
The Group, through Heartland PIE Fund Limited, controls, manages and administers the Heartland PIE Fund and
its products (Heartland Call PIE and Heartland Term Deposit PIE). Refer to Note 27 - Structured entities for further
details. The Heartland PIE Fund deals with HBL in the normal course of business, in the HBL’s capacity as Registrar of
the Fund and also invests in HBL’s deposits. The Group is considered to control the Heartland PIE Fund, and as such
the Heartland PIE Fund is consolidated within the financial statements of the Group.
30 Concentrations of funding
(a) Concentration of funding by industry
The Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes have been used as the basis for
categorising customer and investee industry sectors.
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Agriculture104,818113,341
Forestry and fishing18,74521,944
Mining178291
Manufacturing17,69819,185
Finance and insurance2,542,2983,012,700
Wholesale trade10,2077,634
Retail trade and accommodation30,41025,136
Households5,025,7003,215,828
Rental, hiring and real estate services101,49559,720
Construction28,91436,868
Other business services65,79066,763
Transport and storage6,5127,807
Other 37,11440,183
Total borrowings7,989,8796,627,400
(b) Concentration of funding by geographical area
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
New Zealand4,921,4104,634,934
Australia3,005,3361,905,300
Rest of the world63,13387,166
Total borrowings7,989,8796,627,400
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
155
FINANCIAL RESULTS
154
31 Offsetting financial instruments
The Group offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and reports the net balance in the balance sheet where
there is currently a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The Group enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to manage the credit risks associated
primarily with over-the-counter derivatives. The Group has entered into credit support annexes (CSAs) which form
a part of International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement, in respect of certain exposures
relating to derivative transactions. As per these CSAs, the Group or the counterparty needs to collateralise the
market value of outstanding derivative transactions. As at 30 June 2024, the Group has received $2.38 million of
cash collateral (2023: $27.61 million) against derivative assets. Cash collateral includes amounts of cash obtained to
cover the net exposure between the counterparty in the event of default or insolvency. The cash collateral received
is not netted off against the balance of derivative assets disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial
position; and is disclosed within trade and other payables.
The following table sets out financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject
to enforceable master netting agreements (or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the
balance sheet. Financial instruments refer to amounts that are subject to relevant close out netting arrangements
under a relevant ISDA agreement. ISDA and similar master netting arrangements do not meet the criteria for
offsetting in the statement of financial position because under such agreements the counterparties typically have
the right to offset only following an event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy or following other pre-determined
events.
Effects of offsetting on the balance sheetRelated amounts not offset
$000’s
Gross
amounts
Gross
amount
set off in
balance
sheet
Net
amounts
reported in
the balance
sheet
Financial
instruments
Cash
collateral
received
Net
amount
June 2024
Derivative financial assets12,316-12,316(9,017)(2,384)915
Total financial assets12,316-12,316(9,017)(2,384)915
Derivative financial liabilities9,017-9,017(9,017)--
Total financial liabilities9,017-9,017(9,017)--
June 2023
Derivative financial assets36,983-36,983(7,624)(27,609)1,750
Total financial assets36,983- 36,983(7,624)(27,609)1,750
Derivative financial liabilities7,624-7,624(7,624)--
Total financial liabilities7,624-7,624(7,624)--
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
32 Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group in the ordinary course of business will be subject to claims and proceedings against it whereby the
validity of the claim will only be confirmed by uncertain future events. In such circumstances the contingent
liabilities are possible obligations, or present obligations if known, where the transfer of economic benefit is
uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised, but are disclosed, unless they
are remote. Where some loss is probable, provisions have been made on a case by case basis.
Contingent liabilities and credit related commitments arising in respect of the Group’s operations were:
$000’sJune 2024June 2023
Letters of credit, guarantee commitments and performance bonds3,1307,378
Total contingent liabilities3,1307,378
Undrawn facilities available to customers554,307435,314
Conditional commitments to fund at future dates9,94724,873
Total commitments564,254460,187
33 Events after reporting date
The Group approved a fully imputed final dividend of 3 cents per share on 28 August 2024.
There were no other events subsequent to the reporting period which would materially affect the financial
statements.
The notes to the financial statements form an integral part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
157
FINANCIAL RESULTS
156
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Heartland Group Holdings Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of Heartland Group Holdings Limited (the
Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, its financial performance and its cash flows for the year then
ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
(NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting
Standards).
What we have audited
The Group's financial statements comprise:
●the statement of financial position as at 30 June 2024;
●the statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
●the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
●the statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
●the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other
explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs
(NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in theAuditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statementssection of our
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1International
Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New
Zealand)(PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the
International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence
Standards)issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group. These services are audit and assurance related
services for the Group comprising: assurance over insurance solvency, supervisor reporting, registry
audits and greenhouse gas emissions reporting. Other services include the provision of an executive
reward survey report. In addition, certain partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group
on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities. The provision of these other services
and these relationships have not impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not
provide a separate opinion on these matters.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Provision for impairment of finance
receivables
As disclosed in note 13 of the financial
statements, the impairment allowance
totalled $76.3 million at 30 June 2024.
For the determination of the collectively
assessed impairment allowance, this
requires the use of credit risk
methodologies that are applied in models
using the Group’s historical experience of
the correlations between defaults and
losses, borrower creditworthiness,
segmentation of customers or portfolios
and economic conditions. The
assumptions we focused our audit on
included those with greater levels of
management judgement and for which
variations have the most significant
impact on the impairment allowance.
For finance receivables that meet specific
risk based criteria, the impairment
allowance is individually assessed by the
Group. These impairment allowances are
measured using probability weighted
scenarios which are intended to reflect a
range of reasonably possible outcomes,
and incorporate assumptions such as
estimated future cash proceeds expected
to be recovered from the realisation of
security held as collateral by the Group.
We considered this a key audit matter due
to the significant inherent estimation
uncertainty present in the determination of
the impairment allowance.
We obtained an understanding of control activities
over the Group’s impairment allowance, and for
relevant control activities assessed whether they are
appropriately designed. For controls relevant to our
planned audit approach, we tested, on a sample
basis, whether they operated effectively throughout
the financial year.
In addition, we, along with our credit risk modelling
expert, performed the following procedures, amongst
others, on a targeted or sample basis, on the Group’s
collectively assessed impairment allowance:
●Assessed the appropriateness of the methodology
inherent in the models used against the
requirements of NZ IFRS 9Financial Instruments;
●Challenged and assessed the appropriateness of
the collectively assessed impairment allowance
inclusive of the impacts of any post model
adjustments;
●Challenged management’s modelling outcomes
using a range of what we consider reasonably
possible assumptions to assess the collectively
assessed impairment allowance; and
●Tested the completeness and accuracy of critical
data elements used in the calculations.
With respect to individually assessed impairment
allowances we:
●For a sample of business and rural loans not
identified as impaired, considered the borrowers
latest information available to the Group to assess
the credit risk grade rating allocated to the
borrower as to whether the borrower could be
identified as impaired, a critical data element which
involves significant management judgement; and
●For loans where an impairment allowance was
individually assessed, we considered the
borrower's latest financial information, value of
security held as collateral and probability weighted
scenario outcomes (where applicable) to test the
basis of measuring the impairment allowance.
We also considered the impacts of events occurring
subsequent to balance date on the impairment
allowances.
We also assessed the reasonableness of the
disclosures against the requirements of the
accounting standards.
PwC81
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
159
FINANCIAL RESULTS
158
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Heartland Bank Australia Limited
group of cash generating units (CGUs)
goodwill impairment assessment
The carrying amount of the Heartland
Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs
goodwill as at 30 June 2024, as disclosed
in note 18 of the financial statements,
amounted to $178.9 million.
The carrying value of goodwill is a key
audit matter as it is a significant intangible
asset in the Group’s statement of financial
position. At balance date an impairment
assessment is required which uses an
estimate of the recoverable amount that is
dependent on future earnings.
With the Group’s acquisition of Challenger
Bank Limited (subsequently renamed
Heartland Bank Australia Limited),
reorganisation of the Heartland Australia
Holdings Limited business into Heartland
Bank Australia Limited and changes in the
way in which goodwill is monitored
internally, judgement is applied in respect
of the determination of the group of
CGU’s at which impairment is assessed.
The Group used the Fair Value Less Cost
to Sell (FVLCS) approach to determine
the recoverable amount of the Heartland
Bank Australia Limited group of CGUs.
FVLCS is based on a price-earnings
multiples approach using forecast
earnings for the next twelve months
(FY25 forecast earnings).
The assumptions used in the FVLCS are:
●Price-earnings multiple; and
●FY25 forecast earnings.
We held discussions with management to understand
the assumptions used in the determination of the
group of CGUs and the goodwill impairment
assessment.
Our audit procedures also included the following:
●Assessing judgements made in respect of the
determination of the group of CGUs, taking into
account the reorganisation of the Group’s
Australian business in the current year;
●Obtaining an understanding of the business
processes and controls applied by management
in performing the impairment assessment;
●Assessing the appropriateness of using a FVLCS
approach against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Engaging our internal valuation expert to assess
management's valuation methodology and key
assumptions, including comparable price-earnings
multiples;
●Obtaining evidence of the FY25 forecast earnings
approved by the Board and assessing the
reasonableness of key inputs including lending
growth, interest yields, funding mix, cost of funds
and expenses;
●Reviewing publicly available information on
analyst forecasts of FY25 forecast earnings;
●Testing the mathematical accuracy of the FY25
forecast earnings;
●Obtaining and evaluating management’s
sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact of
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
on the recoverable amount; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 18 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC83
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
161
FINANCIAL RESULTS
160
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Operation of financial reporting
information technology (IT) systems
and controls
The Group’s operations and financial
reporting processes are dependent on IT
systems for the capture, processing,
storage and extraction of significant
volumes of transactions which is critical
to the recording of financial information
and the preparation of the Group’s
financial statements. In addition, the
Group upgraded its New Zealand core
banking system in the current year.
Accordingly, we consider this to be a key
audit matter.
In common with other groups with
banking subsidiaries, access
management controls are important to
ensure both access and changes made
to applications and data are appropriate.
Ensuring that only appropriate staff have
access to IT systems, that the level of
access itself is appropriate, and that
access is periodically monitored, are key
controls in mitigating the potential for
fraud or error as a result of a change to
an application or underlying data.
The Group’s controls over IT systems
are intended to ensure that:
●changes to existing systems operate
as intended and are authorised;
●access to process transactions or
change data is appropriate and
maintains an intended segregation of
duties;
●the use of privileged access to
systems and data is restricted and
monitored; and
●IT processing is approved and where
issues arise they are resolved.
For material financial statement transactions and
balances, our procedures included obtaining an
understanding of the business processes, IT systems
used to generate and support those transactions and
balances, associated IT application controls, and IT
dependencies in manual controls.
This involved assessing, where relevant to the audit:
●change management: the processes and controls
used to develop, test and authorise changes to
the functionality and configurations within
systems;
●security: the access controls designed to enforce
segregation of duties, govern the use of generic
and privileged accounts, or ensure that data is
only changed through authorised means; and
●IT operations: the controls over certain IT batch
processes used to ensure that any issues that
arise are managed appropriately.
In addition to the above, our audit procedures around
the upgrade of the New Zealand core banking system
included the following:
●assessing management’s governance over and
methodology applied for the system upgrade;
●testing the design and operating effectiveness of
key controls over the system development life
cycle; and
●testing the completeness and accuracy of
financial data migrated to the upgraded core
banking system.
Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we,
along with our IT specialists, evaluated and tested
the design and operating effectiveness of certain
controls over the continued integrity of IT systems
that are relevant to financial reporting.
We also carried out tests, on a sample basis, of IT
application controls that were key to our audit testing
strategy in order to assess the accuracy of relevant
system calculations, automated controls and the
operation of certain system enforced access controls.
Where we identified design or operating
effectiveness matters relating to IT systems and
application controls relevant to our audit, we
performed alternative or additional audit procedures.
PwC84
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Accounting for the acquisition of
Challenger Bank Limited
As disclosed in note 19 of the financial
statements, the Group acquired
Challenger Bank Limited on 30 April
2024 for a total cash consideration of
$126.6 million. The fair value of certain
assets and liabilities arising from the
acquisition have been determined on a
provisional basis as any completion
adjustments will be finalised within 12
months of the acquisition date. As a
result of this acquisition, the Group has
recognised provisional goodwill on
acquisition of $23.2 million.
We consider this acquisition to be a key
audit matter due to:
●the significance of the acquisition to
the Group;
●judgements made in the provisional
fair value assessment of assets and
liabilities arising from the acquisition
of Challenger Bank Limited; and
●the appropriateness of including
within the cash consideration the
additional payments made to
Challenger Limited in respect of the
deposit raising programme and
increased capital.
Our audit procedures included:
●Reading the Sale and Purchase Agreement (and
any subsequent amendments) to understand key
terms and conditions of the acquisition;
●Gaining an understanding of the valuation
approach and methodology undertaken by
management to identify separately identifiable
intangible assets against the criteria in the
accounting standards and fair value of assets
and liabilities acquired;
●Obtaining and reading the identification of
intangible assets report prepared by
management’s external expert for the acquisition
of Challenger Bank Limited;
●Agreeing the cash consideration to supporting
documentation. This included assessing the
appropriateness of including in the cash
consideration the additional payments made to
the vendor relating to the deposit raising
programme and increased capital;
●Performing an audit of the provisional acquisition
balance sheet; and
●Recalculating the provisional purchase price
allocation and resulting provisional goodwill as a
result of the fair value of acquired assets and
liabilities of Challenger Bank Limited.
We also assessed the disclosures made in note 19 of
the financial statements against the requirements of
the accounting standards.
PwC85
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
163
FINANCIAL RESULTS
162
Our audit approach
Overview
The overall group materiality is $5.4 million, which represents approximately
5% of profit before tax.
We chose profit before tax as the benchmark because, in our view, it is the
benchmark against which the performance of the Group is most commonly
measured by users, and is a generally accepted benchmark.
Following our assessment of the risk of material misstatement, full scope
audits were performed for two (NZ Banking Group and Australia Banking
Group) of the three identified components based on their financial
significance. Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures
were performed on the remaining component (the Company).
As reported above, we have five key audit matters, being:
●Provision for impairment of finance receivables
●Fair value of finance receivables - reverse mortgages
●
Heartland Bank Australia Limited group of cash generating units (CGUs)
goodwill impairment assessment
●
Operation of financial reporting information technology (IT) systems and
controls
●Accounting for the acquisition of Challenger Bank Limited
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material
misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where management made
subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved
making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits,
we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other
matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material
misstatement due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on
the basis of the financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality,
including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These,
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit, the nature,
timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually
and in aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion
on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting
processes and controls, and the industries in which the Group operates.
PwC86
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
We performed a full scope audit of the Group’s two financially significant components. The full scope
audit of the Australia Banking Group component was performed by:
●a foreign non-PwC firm operating under our instructions for which we obtained a specified scope
audit opinion; and
●the remaining balances and transactions not included in the foreign non-PwC firms specific scope
audit was audited by us.
Our involvement with the foreign non-PwC firm auditing the Australia Banking Group component
included the following:
●issued Group audit instructions;
●meeting with the component audit team and reviewing their audit findings;
●inspecting audit working papers;
●attending key management and audit committee meetings; and
●maintaining regular communication throughout the audit and appropriately directing their audit.
Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining
component
.
By performing these procedures, together with the procedures performed on the consolidation and
intercompany eliminations, we have obtained sufficient and appropriate audit evidence regarding the
financial information of the Group to provide a basis for our opinion on the Group’s financial
statements.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the
information included in the Annual Report (but does not include the financial statements and our
auditor's report thereon) and the Heartland Climate Report 2024. The Annual Report and Heartland
Climate Report 2024 are expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor's report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we will not express
any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated.
When we read the other information not yet received, if we conclude that there is a material
misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the Directors and use our
professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of
the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
PwC87
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
165
FINANCIAL RESULTS
164
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Fair value of finance receivables -
reverse mortgages
The Group’s fair value of finance
receivables – reverse mortgages
(“Reverse mortgages”) totalled $2.9
billion at 30 June 2024 as disclosed in
note 21 of the financial statements.
Reverse mortgages are held at fair value
through profit or loss.
The Group records the estimated fair
value of the Reverse mortgages at
transaction price (cash advanced plus
accrued capitalised interest) on the
basis that no reliable fair value can be
estimated as there is no relevant active
market and the fair value cannot be
reliably estimated using other valuation
techniques as permitted under the
accounting standards.
To assess whether the transaction price
remains an appropriate proxy for fair
value, the Group considers the impact
on discounted future cash flows of
changes in the risk profile and
expectations of performance since
origination, including possible outflows
under the no negative equity guarantee
provided by the Group to the borrower.
High interest rates and volatility in house
prices, combined with the economic
outlook, increases the possibility of
outflows under the no negative equity
guarantee. Accordingly, we consider this
to be a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included assessing the design
and implementation of controls relating to the
Group’s assessment of the fair value of Reverse
mortgages.
In addition, our audit procedures included:
●Assessing the reasonableness of the Group’s
approach to estimating the fair value based on the
transaction price against the requirements of the
accounting standards;
●Assessing whether there was evidence of a
relevant active market or observable inputs in
which to establish fair value using a market
approach;
●Engaging our internal actuarial expert to assess
the Group’s estimate of the value of discounted
future cash flows from the Reverse mortgages,
including any expected outflows under the no
negative equity guarantee and comparing this to
the transaction price of Reverse mortgages
(carrying value) to assess any potential shortfall
(a shortfall would indicate the transaction value
was overstated);
●Testing the completeness and accuracy of a
sample of critical data elements used as inputs to
the value of discounted future cash flows;
●Assessing the reasonableness of key
assumptions (such as future house prices,
voluntary exits, interest rate margins, future
interest rates) used in the value of discounted
future cash flows; and
●Considering the appropriateness of the
disclosures in note 21 of the financial statements
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.
PwC82
TE RĒHITA
DIRECTORY
Registered office
Heartland
35 Teed Street
Newmarket, Auckland 1023
PO Box 9919
Newmarket, Auckland 1149
T 0508 432 785
E shareholders@heartland.co.nz
W heartlandgroup.info
Auditor
PwC
Level 27, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
T 09 355 8000
Share registry
MUFG Corporate Markets (formerly Link Market Services)
Level 30, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland 1010
T 09 375 5998
E enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz
W linkmarketservices.co.nz
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole,
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located at the
External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our
audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Karen Shires.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered AccountantsAuckland, New Zealand
28 August 2024
PwC88
heartlandgroup.info
---
Climate Report
2024
1
MESSAGE FROM THE CEO
Whatu ngarongaro te tangata,
toitū te whenua
People fade away,
but the land remains
Climate change is here to stay.
We saw the impact of challenging climatic
conditions on Heartland’s borrowers in New
Zealand and Australia this year. In New Zealand,
we continued to support some of our Business
and Rural customers through the ongoing effects
of Cyclone Gabrielle. In Australia, many of our
Livestock Finance customers were affected by
extreme weather patterns and forecasting which
flowed through to one the sharpest and steepest
livestock price declines in Australia since the 1970s.
We can expect these patterns to continue.
It is against that backdrop that we reflect on the
completion of Heartland’s first Climate Report. In it,
we provide insight into our environmental journey,
including achievements, challenges, climate-
related risks, opportunities and future targets.
On behalf of the management team and Board,
we are proud of the Climate Report and the work
that has been done to allow climate risk and
opportunity to so quickly become a central part
of everyday conversations at Heartland. This year
alone, we completed scenario analysis to better
understand the potential impact of climate change
on our business, introduced a tool to understand
specific climate impacts on mortgage-backed
portfolios, introduced a tool to better estimate the
greenhouse gas emissions from our residential
mortgage-backed portfolios , established new
partnerships with Tesla and MG Motors in New
Zealand and piloted an emission tracking software
for our Australian Livestock Finance customers .
Whilst we are ambitious for change, we are
equally conscious that the high interest rate
and inflationary environment has challenged
some borrowers in their ability to transition to low
emissions vehicles, practices and operating models.
Despite these challenges, Heartland’s focus will
continue to be on working with our customers,
critical partners and other stakeholders to facilitate
change – including through education, our existing
products or product innovation.
We’re particularly excited about the opportunity
for Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage product.
It already provides a great social good for older
New Zealanders and Australians, and we are
considering how we might be able to allow
customers to access more equity and make their
homes more climate resilient.
We welcome your feedback as we continue on
our journey towards supporting the just transition
to a net-zero economy.
Ngā mihi nui,
Jeff Greenslade
Chief Executive Officer
1
2
OUR JOURNEY
2020
Recorded Heartland’s first emissions inventory (for
FY2019).
Achieved a 17% absolute reduction in FY2020 from its
FY2019 base year.
Became a member of the Climate Leaders Coalition,
joining other New Zealand organisations on a
mission to reduce emissions in New Zealand.
2021
Set Heartland’s first science aligned emissions
reduction target of 35% absolute reduction by
FY2026 from its FY2019 base year.¹
Began implementing emission reduction initiatives
such as making documents available via online
channels and encouraging video conferencing
to reduce travel.
Began using certified renewable electricity
at Heartlands large offices in New Zealand.
2022
Began the phase out of diesel and petrol internal combustion engine (ICE)
vehicles within the New Zealand fleet with hybrid and plug-in hybrids.
Commenced the installation of EV charging stations at our key office locations.
2023
Continued the roll out of new generation² vehicles
within the New Zealand fleet with 45% of all vehicles
being hybrid or plug-in hybrids.
Developed an environmental risk screening tool to be
used in the credit decisioning process to understand
the sustainability of Heartland’s larger business
and rural borrowers by reference to environmental,
climate, reputational and regulatory factors (and
mitigating actions being employed by those
borrowers).
Conducted Heartland’s first waste audit at its
Auckland offices to understand how it can divert
more waste from landfill.
2024
Completed scenario analysis to
understand Heartland’s climate-
related risks and opportunities,
designed and launched Heartland’s
composite climate risk monitoring tool
and prepared Heartland’s first Climate
Report under the Climate-related
Disclosures regime.
Employed climate-risk modelling
software Jupiter Intelligence to
understand Heartland’s exposure to
climate hazards into the future and
set risk appetite targets for climate
hazards as part of Heartland’s climate
risk management strategy.
Launched a pilot with Australian
farmer-led software provider Ruminati
to enable producers across Australia
to track, reduce and validate on-farm
climate action across the supply chain.
Continued to partner with leading
new-generation vehicle distributors,
with the announcement of Heartland’s
white labelled ‘MG Finance’ partnership
with MG Motors NZ and became one
of Tesla’s preferred finance partners in
New Zealand.
1 In line with SBTi near-term criteria 2020 or earlier base year approach for SBTI reduction pathways (4.2% year-on-year or above)
2 Includes hybrid electric vehicle (HEV), plug-in electric vehicle (PHEV), battery electric vehicles (BEV), and hydrogen vehicles
2
3
APPROACH WITH HEARTLAND’S FIRST CLIMATE REPORT
Heartland Group Holdings Limited (Heartland
Group) and its subsidiary Heartland Bank Limited
(Heartland Bank) are both “Climate Reporting
Entities” and are required to prepare a Climate
Report. This Climate Report has been prepared
jointly by Heartland Group and Heartland Bank
(together, Heartland or the Group).
Scope of Heartland’s first Climate Report
FY2024 was a transformational year for Heartland.
Prior to 30 April 2024, Heartland Group’s Australian
businesses (Livestock Finance provided under the
StockCo Australia brand, and Reverse Mortgages
under the Heartland Finance brand) were carried
out through its subsidiary, Heartland Australia
Holdings Pty Limited (Heartland Australia).
On 30 April 2024, Heartland Bank acquired
Challenger Bank Limited (Challenger Bank), a n d
subsequently rebranded the authorised deposit
taking institution (ADI) to Heartland Bank Australia
Limited (Heartland Bank Australia). Heartland’s
existing Australian businesses were transferred to
the ADI on 2 May 2024. Although StockCo Australia
and Heartland Finance have been considered
when preparing this Climate Report, given the
short period of time between completion of the
acquisition of Heartland Bank Australia and the
end of FY2024, Heartland has been unable to take
Heartland Bank Australia comprehensively into
account when preparing this Climate Report.
Looking forward to FY2025
Challenger Bank did not undertake much
lending activity outside of residential mortgages
and personal lending prior to its acquisition by
Heartland Bank on 30 April 2024. Rather, the
acquisition was undertaken to provide a platform
for Heartland’s continued growth in Australia,
particularly through the StockCo and Heartland
Finance brands. For that reason, Heartland
Bank Australia’s main climate related risks
and opportunities are likely to be those faced
by Heartland Australia.
Statement of compliance
This is the climate report for Heartland Group and
Heartland Bank, and their respective subsidiaries
(i.e. the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2024.
This climate report complies with the Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards (NZ CS) issued
by the External Reporting Board.
Heartland Bank
Heartland Group
S R Tyler
Independent Non-Executive Director
B R Irvine
Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director
K Mitchell
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
E J Harvey
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director
3
44
Use of adoption provisions
In preparing this climate report, Heartland has elected to apply the following adoption provisions in accordance with NZ CS 2.
Adoption provision
(from NZ CS 2)
Description Paragraphs of NZ CS
exempted from
Adoption provision 1:
Current financial impacts
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the current financial impacts of its physical
and transition impacts
NZ CS 1, paras 12(b)
and (c )
Adoption provision 2:
Anticipated financial
impacts
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the anticipated financial impacts of climate-related risks
and opportunities reasonably expected by the entity.
NZ CS 1, paras 15(b), (c )
and (d)
Adoption provision 3:
Transition planning
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing the transition planning aspects of its strategy and the
extent to which these are aligned with its internal capital deployment and funding decision-making processes. Heartland
is required to provide a description of its progress towards developing the transition plan aspects of its strategy in its first
reporting period.
NZ CS 1, paras 16(b)
and (c )
Adoption provision 4:
Scope 3 greenhouse gas
emissions
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in metric tonnes
of carbon dioxide equivalent classified as Scope 3. Heartland has elected to use this exemption with respect to its
upstream-leased, End-of-life treatment of sold products, and client and visitor transport emissions.
NZ CS 1, para 22(a)(iii)
Adoption provision 6:
Comparatives for metrics
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing comparative information for each metric in the two
preceding reporting periods.
NZ CS 3, para 40
Adoption provision 7:
Analysis of trends
In its first reporting period, Heartland is exempt from disclosing an analysis of the main trends in a comparison of each
metric from previous reporting periods to the current reporting period.
NZ CS 3, para 42
01 STRATEGY
STRATEGY
6
HEARTLAND’S PURPOSE AND STRATEGIC VISION
Purpose:
Heartland’s purpose is to contribute to its
communities, creating superior earnings while
maintaining economic, environmental and
social sustainability.
Strategic vision:
Heartland’s guiding vision continues to be
sustainable growth through differentiation
based on a ‘best or only’ product strategy,
delivered through scalable digital platforms.
Heartland’s New Zealand business, Heartland
Bank, provides customers with savings and
deposit products, reverse mortgages, online
home loans, business loans, car loans and rural
loans. In Australia, Heartland Bank Australia
offers competitive term deposits, is Australia’s
leading provider of reverse mortgages and
provides specialist livestock finance through
the StockCo brand.
Heartland’s environmental sustainability
strategy
Heartland’s environmental sustainability strategy
is built upon three pillars:
• building the capability to appropriately take
climate change risks into consideration when
making lending decisions
• funding Heartland’s borrowers’ transition
to a net-zero economy
• embedding sustainability into what
Heartland does.
Embedding Sustainability into what
Heartland does
Heartland is committed to operating its business in
a more sustainable manner. This includes reducing
Heartland’s emissions in line with the Paris
Agreement to net-zero by 2050, and by 35% by 2025
from its FY2019 base year.
Funding Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to a
net-zero economy
Heartland is promoting and growing an
environmentally sustainable business by funding
clean assets and assisting Heartland’s customers
with the finance and assets they require
to transition to a net-zero economy.
Building the capability to appropriately take
climate change risks into consideration when
making lending decisions
By understanding, monitoring and managing
its potential exposure to climate change risks,
Heartland is building its capability to consider
climate change risks in its lending decisions.
Scenario analysis
Climate change is a significant and complex
problem that will impact Heartland, its employees,
customers and suppliers differently.
The two types of climate-related risks that
Heartland faces are:
• transitional risks – such as changes in policy,
legislation, technology, and markets (for
example the development of zero-emission
aviation) as it transitions to a lower-carbon
economy
• physical risks – being physical impacts of climate
change, such as extreme weather events,
severe heat waves, sea-level rise, erosion,
cyclones and biodiversity loss.
Due to the nature of its business, Heartland
is exposed to a combination of physical and
transitional risks. For example:
• Heartland operates from offices across New
Zealand and Australia, which are exposed
to physical risks from flooding, extreme heat
and storms
• Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage and residential
mortgage customers are susceptible to physical
risks due to storms, rising sea and river levels,
and floods
• Heartland’s Motor Finance and Asset Finance
customers are susceptible to the transitional
risk of the electrification of the fleet
• Heartland’s Rural Loan customers face a
combination of physical risks such as drought,
flooding and storms, and transitional risks
such as change in consumer preferences
and regulation.
6
STRATEGY
7
Further descriptions of the scenarios and emission reduction pathways used can be found in Appendix 1.
OrderlyToo Little, Too LateHot House
Scenario SummaryIn this scenario, collective global action is taken
towards the transition to a low-carbon global
economy. There is technology, policy, and behaviour
change to support the transition, which is matched by
an increasing carbon price to incentivise low-carbon
behaviour change.
This scenario represents a misaligned and delayed
transition to a low-carbon economy. While New
Zealand is a first mover, introducing policies that bring
about net zero emissions by 2050, there is very limited
global action towards a low emission economy.
This scenario represents a worst-case emissions
trajectory with minimal ambition to transition towards
a low-carbon economy despite widespread increase in
severe weather events, and associated destabilisation of
social, political and economic structures.
Policy trajectory
(temperature)
1.5°C>2°C and <3°C>3 ° C
Policy response Steady and constantStaggered in late 2020s to 2040No material response
Technological
advancements
Steady and constantStaggered in late 2020s to 2040Minimal and driven by cost saving benefits
Physical risksModerateHighExtreme
Transition risksModerateHigh Minimal
Reference
scenarios
NZBA’s Orderly scenario:
IPCC SSP1-1.9
Climate Change Commission – ‘Tailwinds’
NZBA’s Too Little, Too Late Scenario:
IPCC SSP2-4.5
‘Climate Change Commission – Headwinds’
NZBA’s Hothouse scenario:
IPCC SSP5-8.5
‘Climate Change Commission - Current Policy Reference
Heartland’s exposure
In 2021, Heartland conducted scenario analysis to
assess the potential impacts of climate change on
its lending portfolios. This analysis focused on both
physical and transitional risks, using an extreme
yet plausible, but not “worst-case”, scenario with
assessment of risks at 5- and 15-year timeframes.
Overall, the physical risks were considered low.
However, transitional risks, such as climate policy
changes, rising insurance costs and technological
advancements were considered more significant
and required ongoing monitoring.
These risks were identified as being capable
to affect borrower viability and asset values,
particularly in transportation, agriculture, fossil fuel,
heavy industries and residential property sectors.
FY2024 Scenario Analysis
In FY2024, Heartland carried out further scenario
analysis using internally developed climate
change scenario narratives. This scenario analysis
extended to StockCo Australia, Heartland Bank
Australia’s livestock business, which was acquired
in FY2022 and not included in the initial FY2021
scenario analysis.
Heartland selected three scenarios (known as the
“Orderly”, “Too Little, Too Late”, and “Hot House”),
which were developed by the New Zealand Banking
Association (NZBA). These scenarios were used to
align with others in the banking sector to improve
comparability. These scenarios were also used to
challenge Heartlands resilience against the varying
transitional impacts that arise in the “Orderly” and
“Too Little, Too Late”, Scenarios as well as look to
understand the potential physical impacts in their
extremes in the “Too Little, Too Late” and “Hot
House” scenario.
7
STRATEGY
8
These scenarios were then further customised
and developed to be relevant and specific to
Heartland, with a particular focus on the potential
impact on property backed mortgage lending,
transport, infrastructure/civil engineering, small
and midsize enterprises, and the agriculture sector.
Once customised, the narratives for each scenario
were agreed upon by a working group comprising
senior leaders from across Heartland, including
representation from the Sustainability Committee.
The working group identified climate-related
risks and opportunities over the short, medium
and long term, and assessed how resilient the
Group’s business strategy would be under the
different scenarios.
The identified risks and opportunities from
each scenario were scored based on likelihood
and impact, taking into account how adaptable
Heartland and its assets are, how isolated the
risk or opportunity is (e.g., floods quite often only
impact an isolated geographical area) and how
the risk or opportunity could affect Heartland and
the economy as a whole (e.g. severe droughts
have the potential to impact the price and supply
of food dramatically, leading to inflation and other
downstream impacts). Given the uncertainty around
which scenario will prevail, the score of each risk
and opportunity across the three scenarios were
aggregated to assess materiality (i.e. the risks and
opportunities with the higher aggregated scores
were the highest rated and most material).
The actions Heartland could take to mitigate risk and
leverage opportunities were identified, allowing the
Group to plan and allocate resources accordingly.
These actions are reflected in the Metrics and
Targets section of this Climate Report.
Using three customised scenarios (each with a
separate narrative for New Zealand and Australia),
enabled Heartland to gain further understanding of
the risks it had identified in the analysis completed
in FY2021 and identified new climate-related risks
and opportunities. The use of three customised
scenarios also enabled Heartland to identify the
risks and opportunities present in each scenario
for its product portfolios, when they are likely to
occur, and the varying direct and indirect effects on
Heartland’s business strategy. In turn this enabled
Heartland to better understand the resilience of its
business model. This work also helped to inform the
Group’s metrics and targets.
Further scenario analysis is expected to be
undertaken in FY2025 to include the acquisition
of an ADI in Australia (now known as Heartland
Bank Australia). Further scenario analysis will be
undertaken thereafter when there is a material
change to Heartland’s strategy or where Heartland
expects the outcome may differ materially due to
new information or tools becoming available.
ImmediateShort TermMedium termLong Term
Time Horizon1 Ye a r3730
Ye a r2024202620302050+
Rationale for
selection
Provides a current state assessment
and the ability to address immediate
transitional and acute physical risks
and opportunities.
Aligns with maximum fixed rate interest
periods for Online Home Loans.
Broadly aligns with the average term
of Business Loans.
Aligns with the maximum term of the
majority of Heartland’s credit exposures.
Aligns with maximum loan terms for
Online Home Loans and Rural lending,
and the vast majority of the expected
‘term’ of Heartland’s Reverse Mortgage
portfolio. Also aligns with long-term
international and domestic emission
reduction targets and long-term
science-aligned emission reduction
timeframes.
8
STRATEGY
9
3 Based on the Jupiter Intelligence’s Climate modelling tools ‘Climate Score’ being over 50 using the RCP 8.5 Scenario.
ProductsOpportunityPeriodExposure at 30 June 2024
• Asset Finance
• Business Relationship
• Open for Business
• High upfront cost of low emission vehicles and machinery, and low operating costs,
provides opportunities to finance the low emission transition for borrowers.
Immediate to long termTotal exposure of $1,329.1m
• Rural and Livestock
• StockCo
• Providing farm emission baseline tools to agricultural customers to enable them to
understand their emissions and set an emission reduction strategy could retain and
attract customers and identify opportunities to finance the transition to a low emission
economy for borrowers.
• Opportunities to finance farm improvements and emission reduction initiatives
for borrowers.
Immediate to long termTotal NZ exposure of $709.7m
(1.55% of the NZ portfolio is at
high risk of physical climate
im p a c ts)³
Total Australian exposure
of $272.0m
Objective: Investigate the appetite for a farm improvement/emissions reduction loan product in New Zealand and Australia
in FY2025.
• Australian Reverse
Mortgages
• NZ Reverse Mortgages
• Online Home Loans
• Providing borrowers with the information required to improve the resilience of their
properties and adapt to changing climates could retain and attract customers and identify
opportunities to finance their transition to a low emission economy for borrowers.
Short term, increasing in the
long term
Total Australian Reverse
Mortgage exposure of $1,813.9m
Total AU Residential Mortgage
exposure of $57.2m
Total NZ Reverse Mortgage
exposure of $1,068.2m (3.59% of
the NZ portfolio is at high risk of
physical climate impacts)³
Total Online Home Loan
exposure of $317.6m (1.13% of
the NZ portfolio is at high risk of
physical climate impacts)³
• Financing our borrowers’ home improvements to improve the resilience of their properties
to changing climates
Immediate, increasing in the
long term
Objective: Investigate the opportunity of a ‘Life-Proof’ offering to Reverse Mortgage customers enabling them to unlock more
equity in their home to make improvements to their house to make it more climate resilient by FY2026.
• Motor Finance• Financing Heartland’s borrowers’ transition to new generation vehicles.
• Partnering with manufacturers and dealerships of low emission technology to ensure that
Heartland’s customers have the option to transition to this technology if they are ready.
• Integrating sustainability into Heartland’s consumer product offerings including a special
EV interest rate to incentivise and accelerate the decarbonisation of the transport sector.
Immediate-to-long termTotal exposure of $1,630.4m
• Offering alternative transport finance solutions.Short to long term
Objective: Investigate the appetite for low emission transport product solutions by FY2030.
Anticipated impacts and financial impact
The below table sets out Heartland’s anticipated material risks and opportunities and the product portfolios most likely to be impacted.
9
STRATEGY
10
4 Based on the Jupiter Intelligence’s Climate modelling tools ‘Climate Score’ being over 50 using the RCP 8.5 Scenario out to 2050.
Business UnitsRiskPeriodExposure at 30 June 2024
• Asset Finance
• Business Relationship
• Open for Business
• Damage from severe climatic events, including closure of infrastructure, could result in
losses which could lead to loan defaults. (Physical)
• Cost of compliance with new environmental regulations (including costs of adoption of
low-emission vehicles and machinery) could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)
• Borrowers could become unable to meet their emissions reduction targets or sector-
based emissions reduction targets because electrification of the fleet is slowed by supply
and technological delays, causing penalties or loss of business revenues and potentially
loan defaults. (Transitional)
Immediate, worsening in the
long term
Total exposure of $1,329.1m
• NZ Rural and Livestock
Finance
• AU Livestock Finance
• Drought, bushfires flooding and increasing risk of disease due to rising temperatures could
result in losses or deterioration of economic conditions due to remediation costs which
could lead to loan defaults. (Physical)
• Cost of compliance with new environmental regulations could lead to a reduction in the
viability of Heartland’s agricultural customers who are unable to adapt effectively, which
could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)
• Increasing emissions pricing could also impact the ability of customers to transition to a
low emission economy due to rising costs, which could lead to loan defaults. (Transitional)
Immediate, worsening in the
long term
Total NZ exposure of $709.7m
(1.55% of the NZ portfolio is at
high risk of physical climate
impacts)⁴
Total Australian exposure of
$272.0m
• AU Reverse Mortgages
• NZ Reverse Mortgages
• Online Home Loans
• Flooding, bushfires, rising sea levels and other physical impacts may impact specific
properties over which Heartland has security, or reduce the value of those properties,
leading to losses for Heartland. (Physical)
• Insurers may increase premiums or cease to provide insurance in areas impacted by
flooding, bushfires, rising sea levels and other physical impacts, increasing the risk of
losses for Heartland. (Physical)
Immediate, worsening in the
long term
Total Australian Reverse
Mortgage exposure of $1,813.9m,
Total Residential Mortgage
L o a n s $ 5 7. 2 m
Total NZ Reverse Mortgage
exposure of $1,068.2m (3.59% of
the NZ portfolio is at high risk of
physical climate impacts)⁴
Total Online Home Loan
exposure of $317.6m (1.13% of
the NZ portfolio is at high risk of
physical climate impacts)⁴
• Motor Finance• Costs of adoption of low emission vehicles and increasing adoption of alternative modes
of transport could decrease demand for internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles,
reducing the value of Heartland’s security and increasing the risk of losses for Heartland.
(Transitional)
• Wholesale Lending customers may be unable to sell vehicles due to changing regulation or
customer demand, increasing the risk of losses for Heartland. (Transitional)
Short to long termTotal exposure of $1,630.4m
10
5 EV Market Stats 2023, evdb.nz.
STRATEGY
11
Current impacts of climate-related risks
Current physical impacts
• Cyclone Gabrielle severely impacted the
North Island of New Zealand in February 2023.
Its effects were widespread, but particularly
intense in the Hawke’s Bay and Tairāwhiti regions,
with large areas of flooding and damage to
roads and other infrastructure. The impact of
those events continued to be felt in FY2024, with
Heartland incurring provisions for loan losses of
approximately $1.6 million as a result of a single
Business loan customer who was impacted by
those weather events and was unable to recover.
• Australian cattle exports dropped and the
price of Australian cattle fell substantially after
traces of Lumpy Skin Disease were identified
on livestock which had been live exported from
yards in Northern Australia to Indonesia during
May to July 2023. Indonesian authorities said
that the cattle had been infected prior to their
arrival in Indonesia and imposed a ban on further
exports from those key export yards. The fall
in cattle prices, and adverse weather had an
impact on Heartland’s Australian Livestock
Finance customers. Heartland expects that
conditions which amplify the spread of disease
in the agricultural sector are likely to occur
more frequently due to a warming climate and
considers this a key climate-related risk that will
continue to be monitored.
• On 31 July 31 2023, Heartland Bank entered
into a Deed of Indemnity with the New Zealand
Government to implement the North Island
Weather Events Loan Guarantee Scheme.
The supported loans are intended to assist
New Zealand businesses to manage the impacts
of the North Island Weather Events (during
Auckland Anniversary weekend 2023). The facility
limit for each supported loan must not exceed
$10 million for a maximum of 5 years. The New
Zealand Government will guarantee 80% of loss
incurred with the Bank holding the remaining
20%. The scheme concluded on 30 June 2024.
As at 30 June 2024 the Bank had supported loans
under this scheme of $33.2 million.
• Heartland’s Australian communities were
impacted by several severe weather events
during FY2024, including the bushfires
and flooding in Victoria, New South Wales,
and Queensland, and more specifically Cyclone
Jasper. Heartland is not aware of any impact on
its customers as a result of these events.
• Increased temperatures and low humidity
accompanied by warm winds resulted in
widespread bushfires in the Port Hills of
Canterbury. A state of emergency was called
with 100 homes evacuated and one home
destroyed. Heartland is not aware of any losses
as a result.
Current transitional impacts
EV demand
October 2023 saw a change in Government
and climate-related policies in New Zealand.
This included the removal of the Clean Car Rebate
and Clean Car Discount with effect from the end
of December 2023. As a result, more than 50% of
new cars sold during December 2023 were BEV or
PHEVs as retailers and consumers rushed to use the
rebate, more than doubling the percentage of new
cars sold in June 2023.⁵ However, demand for these
vehicles dropped during the second half of the
financial year from 15.66% of new drawdowns within
Heartland’s Motor Finance portfolio in the first half
of FY2024 to 14.70%.
StockCo x Ruminati partnership
In a strategic collaboration aimed at supporting
sustainable farming practices, StockCo Australia
announced a two-year pilot project with Australian
farmer-led software provider Ruminati. Ruminati
is an online emissions calculator created by
farmers for farmers. The platform provides farmers
accurate climate data and emissions information
to help track and validate on-farm climate action
across the supply chain.
This collaboration closely aligns with Heartland’s
goal to enable farmers to contribute to climate
goals while still improving farm productivity and
profitability. This partnership involved providing
farmers access to the newly released Ruminati
PRIME platform, allowing them to generate
accurate, detailed and personalised emissions
estimates. Within the platform, farmers can
also model the impact of methane and CO2-e
abatement options, set and measure against
individual emissions reduction targets, and create
tailor-made, future-facing emissions reduction
plans. So far, a low number of customers have
baselined their emissions using the tool. Heartland
is currently looking into ways to increase the
number of customers who understand their
emissions and the emission reduction plans they
have in place.
11
STRATEGY
12
6 Excluding Fielding, Dunedin, Wellington and Havelock North office.
12
Ruminati has created a simple-to-use tool,
simplifying a complex calculation and enabling
farmers to measure their emissions – the first step
in their emissions management. Ruminati’s VISION
Dashboard allows Heartland to track its customers’
emission reductions in line with national and
industry baselines including the Meat & Livestock
Australia’s (MLA’s) Carbon Neutral by 2030 target.
Heartland’s Fleet
In FY2024, Heartland continued the transition of its
New Zealand fleet to new-generation vehicles. As at
30 June 2024, 91% of the fleet are new generation
vehicles. Once the transition is complete, this is
expected to reduce Heartland’s Scope 1 emissions
by over 60% from its FY2019 base year.
EV Rates
Funding low emission assets is one of Heartland’s
largest climate-related opportunities. In FY2024,
Heartland continued to provide a discounted EV
interest rate, which offers a lower interest rate than
its standard rates for BEVs and PHEVs. In FY2024,
Heartland provided $55.1 million to fund 606 EVs
and 474 PHEVs.
Capital deployed towards climate-related risks and opportunities
The below breakdown defines capital deployment in FY2024 in relation to the climate-related risks
and opportunities identified through scenario analysis, and other climate-commitments.
Capital deployment (amount of capital expenditure, financing or investment deployed toward climate-related
risks and opportunities):
Ruminati - Project and vision dashboard subscription $0.01m
Purchasing of new-generation vehicles for Heartland’s New Zealand fleet $1.41m
Jupiter Intelligence Climate Global Services – Climate risk modelling tool$0.14m
Certified Renewable Energy certificates for the power used at Heartland Bank offices⁶$0.005m
Emissions accounting software and emission verification services$0.05m
Professional development$0.005m
Total$1.61m
Proportion of revenue, assets, or other business activities aligned with climate-related opportunities.
New generation vehicle gross finance receivables (Receivables) (% of entire Motor portfolios) =11%
7 Includes Scope 1, 2, and select scope 3 emissions that Heartland has operational control over including freight, flights, car rentals, taxi, working from home emissions, electricity transmission losses and waste generated in operations.
STRATEGY
13
Assets vulnerable to transitional or physical risks
The industries that are most vulnerable to transitional risks, and the amount and percentage of assets
vulnerable to those transitional risks, are monitored in Heartland’s Climate Change Composite Assessment.
Understanding Heartland’s GHG emissions
Heartland Group has been tracking and reporting its
GHG emissions since FY2020 using the emissions
generated during FY2019 as its baseline year.
Heartland Group takes an operational control
approach in consolidating its emissions. This means
that it discloses the emissions referable to its own
activity and:
• the emissions of Heartland Bank
• the emissions of Heartland Group’s operations in
Australia before 30 April 2024
• the emissions of Heartland’s equity investments.
Both Heartland Group and Heartland Bank’s
inventories are prepared in accordance with the
Greenhouse Gas Protocol and ISO 14064-1-2018. Scope
3 emissions under the Greenhouse Gas Protocol are
caught under Category 3-5. Refer to Appendix 2 and
3 for more detail about the methodology used to
calculate and split the emissions between Heartland
Group and Heartland Bank.
Heartland initially measured its operational
emissions⁷ and committed to reduce them by 35% by
FY2025, from the FY2019 base year. Since Heartland
set this target, it has introduced an array of initiatives
to reduce its emissions including transitioning diesel
vehicles out of its fleet, switching the electricity
used in most of Heartland’s Bank’s New Zealand
offices to clean renewable energy, purchasing
Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) for the
electricity used in these offices, and conducting
waste audits to understand the amount of waste
generated by Heartland and what can be diverted
from landfill to reduce waste-related emissions.
Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transitional risks (New Zealand)
Total Aggregate Exposure
within sector (TAE) / % of
Total Receivables
Agriculture, forestry and fishing$758.9m / 14.9%
Mining$10.6m / 0.2%
Manufacturing$35.1m / 0.7%
Electricity, gas, water and waste services$18.4m / 0.4%
Construction$125.8m / 2.5%
Wholesale trade$8.3m / 0.2%
Retail trade$8.7m / 0.2%
Transport, postal and warehousing$344.4m / 6.8%
Financial and Insurance Services$88.6m / 1.7%
Total Receivables (total % at risk)$5,078m / 27.5%
Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition risks (Australia)
Agriculture$272m / 12.6%
Total Receivables (total % at risk)$2,163m / 12.6%
Amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition risks (total)
Total Receivables (total % at risk)$7,241m / 23.1%
13
STRATEGY
1414
SourceFY19
(tCO2e)
FY20
(tCO2e)
FY21
(tCO2e)
FY22
(tCO2e)
FY23
(tCO2e)
FY24
(tCO2e)
% Change from
FY2023
% Change from
FY2019 base year
Category 1: Direct Emissions
Company Vehicles (Diesel, Petrol, Hybrid)489406427296.39361.67286.74-21%-41%
Category 2: Indirect Emissions
Electricity (Market-Based)10287.51 7. 518.1328.9746.0359%-55%
Category 3: Indirect emissions from transport
Printed Materials Sent to Clients6232.531.4231.6638.1122.16-42%-64%
Business Travel (Flights, Rentals, Taxi)283.04160.173.8156.4445.36314.43-29%11%
Employee Commuting (Work from home emissions)N/AN/A5.0841.6425.6611.10-57%N/A
Category 4: Indirect emissions from Products used by the organisation
Energy/Electricity-related activities8.38.59.99.559.67. 6 1-21%-8%
Waste Generated in operations212258234.16.715.399.54-38%-96%
Total Scope 3565.34459.1354.31145.95534.12364.84-32%-35%
Total1156.34952.6798.81460.47924.7669 7. 61-25%-40%
In FY2023, Heartland started to take a more
comprehensive approach to calculating its
emissions by also measuring “downstream
emissions” which includes a much wider range of
emission categories, such as hotel accommodation,
staff commuting emissions, emissions generated
through purchased goods and services, and the
emissions generated through customers that are
enabled by finance provided by Heartland (“financed
emissions”). In FY2025, Heartland will set new
short-term emission reduction targets which will
include Heartland’s ambition to reduce emissions
throughout its value chain. As a result, the FY19 base
year will not be used, due to the limited emissions
data collected at this date, and a more current year
will be used as a base year.
Heartland Group
For FY2024, Heartland Group emitted a total
of 933,262 tCO2e throughout its value chain,
as detailed below.⁸
Since its FY2019 base year, Heartland has achieved
its goal and delivered a 40% reduction in operational
emissions (as shown in the table below).⁸
STRATEGY
15
Category definitionISO 14064-1-2018Emissions per
Category
(tCO2e)
Direct emission sources: Direct emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by
Heartland Group.
Category 1⁸287
Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by
Heartland Group.
Category 2
(Location-Based)⁸
105
Imported energy indirect emissions:
Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by Heartland Group.
Category 2
(Market based⁹)⁸
46
Indirect emissions from transportation: Emissions that are a consequence of Heartland Group’s activities that result in
transportation being utilised.
Category 3687
Indirect emissions from products used by an organisation: Emissions related to Heartland Group’s purchasing goods and
services from third parties, for use in their operations.
Category 41,776
Indirect Emissions associated with the use of products from an organisation: Indirect emissions
that are a consequence of external users of a product or asset owned by Heartland Group.
Category 5930,407
Total (Location based)933,262
Total (Market based)933,203
Heartland Bank
Heartland Bank is responsible for the emissions
generated throughout its operations (including
emissions referable to its staff) and value
chain. From 1 May 2024, this included the
emissions generated through the operations
of its subsidiary, Heartland Bank Australia.
Refer to Appendix 2 for more detail about
this methodology.
For FY2024, Heartland Bank emitted a total
of 916,440 tCO2e throughout its value chain,
as detailed below.
Heartland Group’s
emissions intensity
for FY2024 was 3,214
tCO2e/$ million.¹⁰
8 Category 1 and 2 (Market and location based) tCO2e absolute emissions of Heartland Group for the year ending 30 June 2024 are included in the scope of PwC’s limited assurance engagement. No other amounts or
calculations have been included in the assurance engagement and are not covered by the limited assurance report issued.
9 Market based takes into account renewable energy certificates purchased by Heartland Bank for all of its NZ offices except Fielding, Dunedin, Wellington, and Havelock North.
10 Total tCO2e / $ million of FY2024 net operating income.
15
STRATEGY
16
11 Total tCO2e / $ millions of FY2024 Heartland Bank’s net operating income.
Category definitionISO 14064-1-2018Emissions per
Category
(tCO2e)
Direct emission sources: Direct emissions that occur from sources owned or controlled by Heartland Bank.Category 1⁸241
Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by
Heartland Bank.
Category 2
(Location-Based)⁸
71
Imported energy indirect emissions: Emissions associated with the generation of electricity that is purchased by
Heartland Group.
Category 2
(Location-Based)⁸
12
Indirect emissions from transportation: Emissions that are a consequence of Heartland Bank’s activities that result in
transportation being utilised.
Category 3387
Indirect emissions from products used by an organisation: Emissions related to Heartland Bank purchasing goods and
services from third parties, for use in their operations.
Category 41 ,162
Indirect Emissions associated with the use of products from an organisation: Indirect emissions that are a
consequence of external users of a product or asset owned by Heartland Bank.
Category 5914,579
Total (Location based)916,440
Total (Market based)916,381
Heartland Bank’s
emissions intensity
for FY2024 was 3,992
tCO2e / $ million.¹¹
Finance and leasing emissions
Financed emissions are the emissions that are
generated by Heartland’s customers and enabled
by finance provided by Heartland. As a financial
institution, Heartland’s financed emissions are
the source of most of its emissions and, therefore,
where Heartland has the biggest potential to
make positive climatic impacts. By measuring its
financed emissions, Heartland can better inform its
approach on how to assist its customers in the just
transition to a low carbon economy.
In FY2023, Heartland developed its own in-house
estimation model for calculating the emissions
generated in its Motor Finance book. In FY2024,
Heartland partnered with Australian agricultural
emission baseline software company Ruminati to
assist its Australian Livestock Finance customers
to understand their on-farm emissions and enable
Heartland to use actual emissions data from its
customers to improve the data quality scores of
Heartland’s financed emissions.
Heartland intends to continue to improve the data
quality score of its emissions, specifically in the
Asset Finance, Business Relationship, Rural and
Livestock Finance portfolios in New Zealand (as
these make up most of Heartland’s emissions).
This will enable Heartland to make more informed
finance and partnership decisions and allow better
discussions between Heartland and its customers
about transitioning to a low emission economy.
Heartland estimates its financed and leasing
related emissions in FY2024 to be 930,407 tCO2e.¹²
Heartland’s Rural and Livestock finance (including
StockCo AU) portfolios make up the majority (48%)
of Heartland’s financed emissions, with most of
Heartland’s remaining financed emissions being
referable to our Business (Asset Finance, Business
Relationship, and Open for Business) and Motor
lending books.
Heartland’s Financed emissions calculation
methodology and how we estimate our emissions
can be found in Appendix 2.
Internal emissions price
Heartland does not use an internal emissions
price for business activity. However, where
16
12 Sum differs due to rounding numbers
STRATEGY
17
needed, the current NZ Emission Trading Scheme
(ETS) price per New Zealand Unit (NZU) is used
(e.g., savings on potential carbon offsets when
considering the cost between an EV and ICE
vehicle or investing in carbon-related products).
Progress on transition plan development
In FY2023, Heartland reassessed its operational
emissions reduction target of 35% by FY2026
from its FY2019 base year to a more ambitious
FY2025 target. An emissions reduction action
plan has been developed to set out how Heartland
will meet this target. Key emission reduction
initiatives include:
• replacing all of Heartland’s fleet with new
generation vehicles including BEVs by the end
of FY2024
• using energy providers in Australian offices
that generate power from clean, zero emission,
renewable sources.
Heartland has also made investments to better
understand its exposure to climate-related risks.
These investments include the Jupiter Intelligence
tool which will allow Heartland to make better
informed decisions for its customers on a more
granular level, as well as Ruminati as described on
page 11.
In FY2025, Heartland will develop its plan to
position itself as the global and domestic economy
transitions to a low emission, climate-resilient future
state. This transition plan will detail Heartland’s
emission reduction strategy to 2050, and include
key assumptions and conditions required for
Heartland and its customers to reach net zero.
Category 5 ActivityFY24 tCO2e% of Category 5Emissions Intensity
(kg CO2e/$)
PCAF Score
Downstream Leased Assets
Operating Leases Commercial9660.1%0.11-
Operating Leases Motor8680.1%0.15-
Livestock AU (Stock Co)17,8672%0.07-
Leased Livestock NZ127,94514%9.59-
Leased investment Properties4,8340.5%--
Subtotal152,480-
Financed Emissions
Harmoney25<0.01%0.17-
Asset Finance66,0647%0.054.87 (3b)
Motor Lending Loans159,94217%0.103.05 (2b)
Business Relationship Loans79,4579%0.215.00 (3b)
Livestock NZ329,30035%1.655.00 (3b)
Residential AU4430.05%0.015.00 (3)
Open for Business13,0021%0.154.96 (3b)
Wholesale Finance NZ21,2682%0.155.00 (3b)
Reverse Mortgages AU10,9511%0.015.00 (3)
Personal Loans3,5430.4%0.16-
Reverse Mortgages NZ1,3410.1%0.014.01 (2b)
Rural NZ90,77610%0.185.00 (3b)
Online Home Loans NZ2890.03%0.00094.01 (2b)
Residential NZ 2800.03%0.045.00 (3)
Listed Equity1,3570.2%0.034.98 (3c)
Subtotal777,949-
Total930,407¹² -
17
02 METRICS & TARGETS
METRICS & TACTICS
19
Ta r g e t FY2024 statusCommentary
Build the capability
to appropriately
take climate
change risks into
consideration when
making lending
decisions
Baseline Heartland’s climate-related risk exposure for New Zealand and
Australian mortgage-backed lending (Reverse Mortgages, Online Home Loans¹³
and Rural lending), Livestock Finance, and Wholesale Lending using a climate
risk tool by the end of FY2024.
AchievedHeartland has employed Jupiter Intelligence, a climate
modelling software company, to provide a tool to baseline its
climate hazard exposure.
Limit Heartland’s “high” climate-related risk exposure within its New
Zealand Reverse Mortgage and Home Loan portfolios¹³ to less than 4%
of total exposures.
Achieved
(exposure of 3.1%)
“High” risk is where the climate score assessed by the tool for
an exposure exceeds 50.
Set Heartland’s risk appetite limit for “high” climate-related risk exposures
within its Australian Reverse Mortgage portfolio during FY2025.¹⁴
UnderwayRisk appetite recommendation is underway, for Risk Committee
and Board review and approval.
Extend Heartland’s climate-related risk tool to the credit assessment process
for new Reverse Mortgage, Online Home Loan, Livestock Finance and Rural
exposures in New Zealand and Australia during FY2025.
Not yet started
Apply Heartland’s Environmental Risk Screening Tool to all new Rural and
Business customers¹⁵ in New Zealand during FY2025 and require the provision
of supporting information from FY2026.
19.31%¹⁶
Survey all Australian Livestock Finance customers in Australia, and all Rural and
Livestock Finance customers in New Zealand, on their awareness of biohazard
risks, climate-related physical hazards, and climate-related transitional
risks by the end of FY2026.
Not yet startedHeartland will commence surveying all new Australian Livestock
Finance customers, and all new Rural and Livestock Finance
customers in New Zealand during FY2025.
Select partner(s) to help launch a portfolio-specific climate-related
communication strategy in FY2025.
Not yet started
Improve Heartland’s financed emissions data quality by understanding the on-
farm emissions of its 100 largest Australian Livestock Finance borrowers,
and 100 largest New Zealand Rural or Livestock Finance borrowers, by the
end of FY2025.
UnderwayHeartland has launched a pilot with Ruminati to enable its
Australian Livestock Finance borrowers to understand their
on-farm emissions.
13 Does not include of Heartland’s legacy residential home loan exposures, which are grandfathered.
14 Subject to the respective executive and Board risk committees relevant approval.
15 with a TAE of at least $1 million.
16 19.31% of Approvals since September 2024.
19
METRICS & TACTICS
20
Ta r g e t FY2024 statusCommentary
Fund Heartland
borrowers’
transition to a net-
zero economy
Increase the percentage of new generation vehicles funded in the New
Zealand Motor Finance portfolio year on year (from a FY2024 base year) to 30%
by FY2030.
Established
baseline (of 15%
new generation
lending)
Heartland has continued to partner with new-generation
vehicle distributors in FY24, with the announcement of
Heartland’ white labelled ‘MG Finance’ partnership with
MG Motors NZ and becoming one of Tesla’s preferred
finance partners.
Heartland’s market share of funding for new generation vehicles will exceed
the total market share of its New Zealand Motor Finance portfolio from FY2025.
Commences in
FY2025
By continuing to partner with industry leading distributors in
the new generation vehicle space, Heartland places itself well
to reach its market share targets for new generation vehicles.
Improve Heartland’s financed emissions data quality by achieving an overall
weighted average PCAF data quality score of less than 4 by the end of FY2027.
Underway Heartland has onboarded Generate Zero, a financed emissions
estimation tool, which allows Heartland to gain a PCAF
data quality score of 4 for its New Zealand based property
exposures.
Heartland has also onboarded Ruminati which allows Heartland
to gain a PCAF data quality score of 2 for customers who share
their Ruminati data with Heartland.
Heartland has built a proprietary in-house model for estimating
the financed emissions of its Motor Finance portfolio which
allows Heartland to gain a PCAF data quality score of 3 for the
majority of its portfolio.
For further information on financed emissions calculation
methodologies, refer to Appendix 2.
Embed
Sustainability into
What Heartland
Does
Reduce Heartland’s absolute gross operational emissions by 35% by the end
of FY2025 (from the FY2019 base year of 1156.34 tCO2e).
Underway
(40% reduction on
FY2019 base year)
Heartland has met it’s FY2025 science-aligned target a year
ahead of schedule (when using market-based methodology).
Heartland will set a new target during FY25, as well as ensure
that its emissions remain under 751.621 tCO2e.
Develop an internal climate risk professional development course by FY2026
to upskill and establish climate knowledge within employees and encourage
individual sustainable practices. The intention is for all Heartland employees
to compete the course by FY2027.
Not yet started
Reduce Heartland’s absolute operational emissions to net-zero by FY2050 from
a FY2023 baseline, in line with the Paris Agreement.
Underway
(25% reduction from
FY2023 base year)
Heartland will develop its transition plan in FY2025 to set a
path toward achieving this target. Heartland anticipates the
transition plan will identify the extent to which Heartland
will rely on offsets and other market based instruments like
renewable energy procurement to meet this target.
20
GOVERNANCE
21
03 GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
2222
OVERALL GOVERNANCE
The following diagram outlines the processes by which the governance bodies are informed about climate-related
risks and opportunities, how they ensure that climate-related matters are considered when overseeing the
implementation of strategy and how they govern climate risks and opportunities.
Senior Leadership Team
Chief Executive
Officer
Chief Operating
Officer
General
Counsel
Chief People &
Culture Officer
Chief Risk
Officer
Chief Financial
Officer
Leanne LazarusMichael DrummPhoebe GibbonsLana WestAndy Wood
Kerry Conway
HGH Board of Directors
HBL Board of Directors
Board Audit and
Risk Committee
Board Audit and
Risk Committee
Audit and Liability
Committee
Sustainability
Committee
Board Risk
Committee
Group Assets Liability
Committee
Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration
and Nominations Committee
Corporate Governance, People, Remuneration
and Nominations Committee
Senior Leadership Team
Chief Executive OfficerChief Financial OfficerChief Performance Officer
Group Deputy
Chief Executive Officer
Jeff GreensladeAndrew DixsonAleisha LangdaleChris Flood
Sets risk appetite and
sustainability strategy
for the Group
Recommends sustainability strategy
for the Group and provides updates
on the Group’s metrics and targets
Provides updates on Heartland
Bank’s metrics and targets
Recommends risk appetite
for the group and provides
updates on risk profile
Sets risk appetite, sustainability strategy and
metrics and targets for Heartland Bank
Recommends risk appetite for
Heartland Bank and provides
updates on risk profile
Provides updates
on risk profile
Recommends sustainability
strategy and provides updates
on metrics and targets for
Heartland Bank
Executive Risk
Committee
GOVERNANCE
23
Heartland Group Governance
Heartland Group’s Board is responsible for
Heartland Group’s corporate governance, strategy
and risk appetite. This includes ensuring that
Heartland Group’s strategy and risk appetite
takes into consideration climate-related risks and
opportunities. The Board is supported in this work
by its Board Committees.
Heartland Group’s business is primarily conducted
within Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia,
so assessment and management of climate-
related risks and opportunities occurs most
actively within these entities. Consequently, the
Board oversees Group climate-related risks and
opportunities but does rely on Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia’s management teams for
assessing and managing climate-related risks and
opportunities (and for reporting and information).
A description of how the Board oversees the
Group’s climate-related risks and opportunities
is set out below, together with a description of
management’s role in assessing and managing
climate-related risks and opportunities.
Strategy metrics and targetsRiskClimate reporting
BoardThe Board oversees the Group’s strategy, including its
climate strategy.
The Board approved Heartland’s Sustainability Strategy
(which includes its environmental strategy, and various
initiatives related to that strategy) for FY2024.
The Board reviews the Group’s risk appetite annually, including a
specific risk appetite for climate-related risk.
The Board receives a verbal update from the Chair of the Board
Audit and Risk Committee at each meeting which covers all
relevant risk matters.
Heartland’s external financial
reporting is approved by the Board
upon the recommendation of the
Board Audit and Risk Committee.
Board CommitteesHeartland Group’s Sustainability Committee was
established in November 2023 and comprises directors
of Heartland Group, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank
Australia. The Committee meets quarterly to consider
climate-related risks and opportunities and provide
updates, guidance, and leadership regarding climate
initiatives.
The Committee is now provided with a quarterly report from
the Chief Operating Officer which addresses the Group’s
progress against the initiatives, metrics and targets as well
as climate-related risks and opportunities. The Committee
also receives reports from other Executives in respect of
matters relevant to the Committee’s purpose.
Using those reports, the Committee monitors progress
against the initiatives, metrics and targets, and makes
recommendations to the Board to update and/or set new
metrics and targets from time to time.
The Committee also considers whether the appropriate
climate-related skills and competencies exist across the
Group (both at Board and Management levels).
The Board Audit and Risk Committee provides advice to the Board
in relation to the formulation of its risk appetite.
The Committee also provides the Board with guidance as to
whether all relevant risks within the key risk categories (including
climate-related risks) have been appropriately identified,
managed, and reported to the Board.
The Committee meets approximately 9 times annually and receives
a verbal update at each meeting on the status of the Group’s
emerging risks, including climate risk from Heartland Bank’s Chief
Risk Officer.
The Board Audit and Risk
Committee provides the Board
with a recommendation regarding
Heartland’s external financial
reporting and has oversight over
external assurance engagements
(including in relation to Heartland’s
climate-related disclosures).
23
GOVERNANCE
24
Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank Australia
As members of the Group, Heartland Bank and
Heartland Bank Australia are closely aligned
to the Group’s strategy and risk appetite.
They also benefit from the work carried out by
Heartland Group’s Sustainability Committee.
However, Heartland Bank and Heartland Bank
Australia are separate entities with their own
Boards of Directors and management teams.
Heartland Bank
The Board of Heartland Bank is responsible for its
corporate governance, strategy and risk appetite.
This includes responsibility for ensuring that its
strategy and risk appetite takes into consideration
climate-related risks and opportunities. The Board
is supported in its work by its Board Committees.
A description of how the Board oversees climate-
related risks and opportunities is set out below,
together with a description of management’s role
in assessing and managing climate-related risks
and opportunities.
Executive
Committees
There are no Executive Committees at Heartland Group.
ExecutiveThe Chief Executive Officer is central to recommending and
setting Group strategy, including climate strategy.
Heartland Bank’s Chief Operating Officer provides advice
and information in relation to the strategy and initiatives in
connection with the strategy.
The Chief Executive Officer is central to recommending and setting
Group risk appetite, including climate risk appetite.
Heartland Bank’s Chief Risk Officer provides advice and information
in relation to risk and risk appetite.
Heartland Bank’s Chief Financial
Officer provides advice and
information in relation to financial
reporting.
Strategy metrics and targetsRiskClimate reporting
BoardThe Heartland Bank Board oversees Heartland Bank’s
strategy, including its climate strategy, considering the
Group strategy set by its parent, Heartland Group.
The Board approved Heartland’s Sustainability Strategy
(which includes its environmental strategy, and various
initiatives related to that strategy) for FY2024, in as far as it
applies to Heartland Bank.
The Board is now provided with a quarterly report from
the Chief Operating Officer which addresses Heartland
Bank’s progress against the initiatives, metrics and targets,
allocated to it. This report also covers c
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.